617892

Epson AcuLaser CX29 Handleiding

4
Verklein
Vergroot
Pagina terug
1/456
Pagina verder
User’s Guide
NPD4437-00 EN
Contents
Preface
Copyright and Trademarks.............................................................. 11
About License......................................................................... 13
Using This Guide...................................................................... 14
Conventions...................................................................... 14
Illegal Copies and Printouts.............................................................. 15
Product Features....................................................................... 15
Features.......................................................................... 15
Chapter 1 Specifications
Copy Function......................................................................... 19
Print Function......................................................................... 21
Scan Function......................................................................... 22
Fax Function.......................................................................... 24
Direct Fax Function.................................................................... 25
Chapter 2 Basic Operation
Main Components..................................................................... 26
Front View........................................................................ 26
Rear View......................................................................... 27
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF).................................................. 28
Operator Panel.................................................................... 28
Securing the Printer................................................................ 31
Preparing Printer Hardware.............................................................. 32
Installing Optional Accessories........................................................... 33
Installing the Additional Memory Module.............................................. 34
Installing the Optional Duplex Unit................................................... 39
Installing the Optional 250-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit. . .................................. 44
Setting Initial Settings on the Operator Panel. .............................................. 49
Printing a Panel Settings Page............................................................ 50
Power Saver Mode...................................................................... 50
Exiting the Power Saver Mode........................................................ 51
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Contents 2
Chapter 3 Printer Management Software
Print and Scan Drivers.................................................................. 52
EpsonNet Config....................................................................... 52
Creating an Administrative Password................................................. 52
Status Monitor (Windows Only).......................................................... 53
Address Book Editor.................................................................... 54
Express Scan Manager.................................................................. 54
Chapter 4 Network Basics
Overview of Network Setup and Configuration.............................................. 56
Connecting Your Printer. . . . . ........................................................... 56
Connecting Printer to Computer or Network........................................... 58
Setting the IP Address................................................................... 60
TCP/IP and IP Addresses............................................................ 60
Automatically Setting the Printer’s IP Address.......................................... 61
Dynamic Methods of Setting the Printer’s IP Address.................................... 61
Assigning an IP Address (for IPv4 Mode).............................................. 62
Verifying the IP Settings............................................................. 64
Printing and Checking the System Settings Page......................................... 65
Installing Print Driver on Computers Running Windows..................................... 65
Identifying Print Driver Pre-install Status (For Network Connection Setup)................. 65
Inserting the Software Disc.......................................................... 67
USB Connection Setup.............................................................. 67
Network Connection Setup.......................................................... 68
Setting Up for Shared Printing....................................................... 69
Installing Print Driver on Computers Running Mac OS X..................................... 75
Installing Print Driver on Computers Running Linux (CUPS)................................. 75
Installing the Print Driver........................................................... 75
Setting Up the Queue............................................................... 76
Setting the Default Queue........................................................... 80
Specifying the Printing Options...................................................... 81
Setting the Password for Authority as the Printer Administrator. .......................... 83
Uninstalling the Print Driver......................................................... 83
Chapter 5 Printing Basics
About Print Media..................................................................... 86
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Contents 3
Print Media Usage Guidelines........................................................ 86
Print Media That Can Damage Your Printer............................................ 87
Supported Print Media.................................................................. 88
Print Media Dimensions............................................................ 88
Usable Print Media................................................................. 88
Loading Print Media.................................................................... 91
Capacity.......................................................................... 92
Loading Print Media in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and the Optional 250-Sheet Paper Cassette
Unit........................................................................... 92
Loading Print Media in the Single Sheet Feeder (SSF). . . . . ............................... 97
Setting Paper Sizes and Types........................................................... 100
Setting Paper Sizes................................................................ 101
Setting Paper Types............................................................... 101
Printing............................................................................. 102
Sending a Job to Print.............................................................. 102
Canceling a Print Job.............................................................. 102
Using the Stored Print Function..................................................... 104
Direct Print Using the USB Storage Device............................................ 106
Printing PDF Files Using the lpr Command........................................... 107
Duplex Printing................................................................... 108
Selecting Printing Options.......................................................... 110
Printing Custom Size Paper......................................................... 115
Auditron........................................................................ 118
Checking Status of Print Data....................................................... 120
Printing a Report Page............................................................. 120
Printer Settings................................................................... 121
Printing With Web Services on Devices (WSD)............................................ 122
Adding Roles of Print Services...................................................... 123
Printer Setup..................................................................... 123
Chapter 6 Copying
Loading Paper for Copying............................................................. 126
Preparing a Document. . . .............................................................. 126
Making Copies From the Document Glass................................................. 126
Making Copies From the ADF........................................................... 129
Setting Copy Options.................................................................. 130
Number of Copies................................................................. 130
Color........................................................................... 130
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Contents 4
Paper Supply..................................................................... 131
M.F. Paper Size................................................................... 132
M.F. Paper Type.................................................................. 133
Collated......................................................................... 135
Reduce/Enlarge................................................................... 136
Document Size................................................................... 138
Document Type.................................................................. 139
Lighten/Darken................................................................... 140
Sharpness........................................................................ 141
Color Saturation.................................................................. 142
Auto Exposure.................................................................... 142
Color Balance.................................................................... 143
2-Sided.......................................................................... 145
N-Up........................................................................... 145
Margin Top/Bottom............................................................... 147
Margin Left/Right................................................................. 148
Margin Middle................................................................... 149
Changing the Default Settings........................................................... 150
Chapter 7 Scanning
Scanning Overview.................................................................... 151
Installing the Scan Driver............................................................... 151
For Windows..................................................................... 151
For Mac OS X.................................................................... 152
Scanning to a Computer................................................................ 153
Scanning From the Operator Panel................................................... 153
Scanning Using the TWAIN Driver.................................................. 154
Scanning Using the WIA Driver..................................................... 156
Using a Scanner on the Network......................................................... 158
Overview........................................................................ 158
Confirming a Login name and Password Using SMB.................................... 159
Specifying a Destination to Store the Document Using SMB.............................. 161
Configuring the Printer Settings..................................................... 172
Sending the Scanned File to the Network.............................................. 178
Scanning to a USB Storage Device........................................................ 179
Sending an E-Mail With the Scanned Image............................................... 180
Setting an E-Mail Address Book..................................................... 180
Sending an E-mail With the Scanned File............................................. 182
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Contents 5
Adjusting Scanning Options............................................................ 183
Adjusting the Default Scan Settings.................................................. 183
Changing the Scan Settings for an Individual Job....................................... 186
Scanner Connection Tool............................................................... 187
IP Address Settings................................................................ 187
Password Settings................................................................. 189
Chapter 8 Faxing
Connecting the Telephone Line.......................................................... 190
Configuring Fax Initial Settings.......................................................... 191
Setting Your Region............................................................... 191
Setting the Printer ID.............................................................. 192
Setting the Time and Date.......................................................... 193
Changing the Clock Mode.......................................................... 194
Sending a Fax......................................................................... 194
Loading an Original Document on the ADF........................................... 194
Loading an Original Document on the Document Glass................................. 195
Resolution....................................................................... 196
Lighten/Darken................................................................... 197
Inserting a Pause. ................................................................. 198
Sending a Fax Automatically........................................................ 198
Sending a Fax Manually............................................................ 199
Confirming Transmissions......................................................... 200
Automatic Redialing............................................................... 201
Sending a Delayed Fax................................................................. 201
Sending a Fax from the Driver (Direct Fax)................................................ 202
For Windows..................................................................... 203
For Mac OS X.................................................................... 206
Receiving a Fax....................................................................... 208
About Receiving Modes............................................................ 208
Loading Paper for Receiving Faxes................................................... 208
Receiving a Fax Automatically in the FAX Mode....................................... 208
Receiving a Fax Manually in the TEL Mode............................................ 209
Receiving a Fax Automatically in the TEL/FAX Mode or Ans/FAX Mode................... 209
Receiving a Fax Manually Using an External Telephone. . . . . . ........................... 209
Receiving Faxes Using the DRPD Mode. . ............................................. 210
Receiving Faxes in the Memory...................................................... 210
Polling Receive................................................................... 210
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Contents 6
Automatic Dialing..................................................................... 211
Speed Dialing.................................................................... 211
Storing a Number for Speed Dialing.................................................. 211
Sending a Fax Using a Speed Dial.................................................... 212
Group Dialing.................................................................... 213
Setting Group Dial................................................................ 213
Editing Group Dial................................................................ 214
Sending a Fax Using Group Dialing (Multi-address Transmission)........................ 215
Printing a Fax Address Book List.................................................... 215
Other Ways to Fax.................................................................... 216
Using the Secure Receiving Mode.................................................... 216
Using an Answering Machine. ...................................................... 217
Using a Computer Modem......................................................... 218
Setting Sounds........................................................................ 219
Speaker Volume.................................................................. 219
Ringer Volume................................................................... 219
Specifying the Fax Settings.............................................................. 220
Changing the Fax Settings Options................................................... 220
Available Fax Settings Options...................................................... 220
Changing Setting Options.............................................................. 224
Printing a Report Page................................................................. 225
Chapter 9 Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad
Understanding the Printer Menus........................................................ 227
Report/List....................................................................... 227
Billing Meters.................................................................... 229
Admin Menu..................................................................... 229
Defaults Settings.................................................................. 273
Tray Settings..................................................................... 293
Panel Language................................................................... 298
Panel Lock Function................................................................... 298
Enabling the Panel Lock............................................................ 298
Disabling the Panel Lock........................................................... 299
Limiting Access to Copy, Fax, Scan, and Print from USB Operations........................... 300
Setting the Power Saver Timer Option. . . . . ............................................... 301
Resetting to Factory Defaults............................................................ 301
Using the Numeric Keypad to Enter Characters............................................ 302
Keypad Letters and Numbers....................................................... 302
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Contents 7
Changing Numbers or Names....................................................... 303
Chapter 10 Troubleshooting
Clearing Jams......................................................................... 304
Avoiding Jams.................................................................... 304
Identifying the Location of Paper Jams. . . ............................................. 305
Clearing Paper Jams From the ADF. . . . .............................................. 306
Clearing Paper Jams From the SSF. . . . . .............................................. 310
Clearing Paper Jams From the Standard 250-Sheet Tray................................. 315
Clearing Paper Jams From the Fuser Unit............................................. 319
Clearing Paper Jams From the Optional Duplex Unit................................... 323
Clearing Paper Jams From the Optional 250-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit. . . ................. 324
Jam Problems.................................................................... 329
Basic Printer Problems................................................................. 333
Display Problems..................................................................... 334
Printing Problems..................................................................... 334
Print Quality Problems................................................................. 336
The Output Is Too Light........................................................... 336
Toner Smears or Print Comes Off.................................................... 338
Random Spots/Blurred Images...................................................... 339
The Entire Output Is Blank......................................................... 339
Streaks Appear on the Output....................................................... 341
Part or the Entire Output Is Black.................................................... 341
Pitched Color Dots................................................................ 342
Vertical Blanks................................................................... 343
Mottle........................................................................... 344
Ghosting........................................................................ 344
Light-Induced Fatigue............................................................. 345
Fog............................................................................. 346
Bead-Carry-Out (BCO)............................................................ 346
Jagged Characters................................................................. 347
Banding......................................................................... 348
Auger Mark...................................................................... 349
Wrinkled/Stained Paper............................................................ 349
Damage on the Leading Edge of Paper................................................ 351
The Top and Side Margins Are Incorrect.............................................. 351
Color Registration Is out of Alignment............................................... 352
Protrudent/Bumpy Paper........................................................... 353
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Contents 8
Copy Problem........................................................................ 353
Copy Quality Problems................................................................. 354
Adjusting Color Registration............................................................ 354
Performing Auto Adjust............................................................ 355
Printing the Color Registration Chart . . . . ............................................ 355
Determining Values............................................................... 355
Entering Values................................................................... 357
Fax Problems......................................................................... 358
Scanning Problems.................................................................... 361
Problems With Installed Optional Accessories............................................. 364
Scan Driver/Printer Utility Problems..................................................... 364
Other Problems....................................................................... 365
Understanding Printer Messages......................................................... 366
Contacting Service..................................................................... 383
Getting Help......................................................................... 383
LCD Panel Messages. . . . . . . ........................................................ 383
Status Monitor Alerts.............................................................. 383
Non-Genuine Mode................................................................... 384
Chapter 11 Maintenance
Cleaning the Printer................................................................... 385
Cleaning the Scanner.............................................................. 385
Cleaning the ADF Feed Roller....................................................... 387
Cleaning Inside the Printer......................................................... 388
Cleaning the Color Toner Density (CTD) Sensor....................................... 394
Replacing Toner Cartridges. . . . ......................................................... 398
Overview........................................................................ 399
Removing the Toner Cartridges..................................................... 400
Installing a Toner Cartridge......................................................... 401
Replacing the Drum Cartridge........................................................... 403
Removing the Drum Cartridge...................................................... 404
Installing the Drum Cartridge....................................................... 407
Replacing the Fuser Unit............................................................... 412
Removing the Fuser Unit........................................................... 412
Installing the Fuser Unit............................................................ 414
Resetting the Counter of the Fuser Unit............................................... 416
Replacing the Feed Roll Unit............................................................ 416
Removing the Feed Roll Unit in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray............................. 417
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Contents 9
Installing the Feed Roll Unit in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray. . ........................... 418
Ordering Supplies..................................................................... 419
Consumables..................................................................... 420
When to Order Supplies............................................................ 420
Storing Print Media.................................................................... 421
Storing Consumables.................................................................. 421
Managing the Printer.................................................................. 422
Checking or Managing the Printer with EpsonNet Config................................ 422
Checking Printer Status with Status Monitor (Windows Only)............................ 422
Checking Printer Status Through E-mail.............................................. 423
Conserving Supplies................................................................... 425
Checking Page Counts................................................................. 426
Moving the Printer.................................................................... 426
Removing Options.................................................................... 429
Removing the Additional Memory Module............................................ 430
Removing the Optional Duplex Unit................................................. 434
Removing the Optional 250-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit. . . . . . ............................ 436
Appendix A Where To Get Help
Contacting Epson Support.............................................................. 440
Before Contacting Epson. . . . . ...................................................... 440
Help for Users in Europe. . . . ....................................................... 440
Help for Users in Taiwan........................................................... 440
Help for Users in Singapore. ........................................................ 442
Help for Users in Thailand.......................................................... 442
Help for Users in Vietnam.......................................................... 443
Help for Users in Indonesia......................................................... 443
Help for Users in Hong Kong....................................................... 445
Help for Users in Malaysia.......................................................... 445
Help for Users in India............................................................. 446
Help for Users in the Philippines.................................................... 447
Index
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Contents 10
Preface
Copyright and Trademarks
No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form
or by any means, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written
permission of Seiko Epson Corporation. No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the
information contained herein.
Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained
herein. Neither Seiko Epson Corporation nor its affiliates shall be liable to the purchaser of this
product or third parties for damages, losses, costs, or expenses incurred by purchaser or third parties
as a result of: accident, misuse, or abuse of this product or unauthorized modifications, repairs, or
alterations to this product, or (excluding the U.S.) failure to strictly comply with Seiko Epson
Corporation’s operating and maintenance instructions.
Seiko Epson Corporation and its affiliates shall not be liable against any damages or problems arising
from the use of any options or any consumable products other than those designated as Original
Epson Products or Epson Approved Products by Seiko Epson Corporation.
Apple
®
, Bonjour
®
, ColorSync
®
, Macintosh
®
, and Mac OS
®
are trademarks of Apple Inc. in the
United States and/or other countries.
Microsoft
®
, Windows Vista
®
, Windows
®
, and Windows Server
®
are trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
PCL
®
is a trademark of Hewlett-Packard Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds.
Novell is a registered trademark and SUSE is a trademark of Novell, Inc. in the United States and other
countries.
Red Hat and Red Hat Enterprise Linux are registered trademarks of Red Hat, Inc. in the U.S. and other
countries.
EPSON is a registered trademark and EPSON AcuLaser is a trademark of Seiko Epson Corporation.
General Notice: Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and may be
trademarks of their respective owners. Epson disclaims any and all rights in those marks.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Preface 11
Copyright © 2011 Seiko Epson Corporation. All rights reserved.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Preface 12
About License
RSA BSAFE
RSA BSAFE software, produced by RSA Security Inc., has been installed on this printer.
DES
This product includes software developed by Eric Young.
(eay@mincom.oz.au)
AES
Copyright
©
2003, Dr BrianGladman, Worcester, UK. All rights reserved. This product uses published
AES software provided by Dr Brian Gladmanunder BSD licensing terms.
TIFF(libtiff)
LibTIFFCopyright
©
1988-1997 SamLeffler
Copyright
©
1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
ICC Profile (Little cms)
LittlecmsCopyright
©
1998-2004 Marti Maria
JPEG
Our printer software uses some of the codes defined by the Independent JPEG Group.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Preface 13
Using This Guide
Conventions
1. In this guide, personal computers and workstations are collectively called “computers”.
2. The following terms are used throughout this guide:
Important:
Important information that must be read and followed.
Note:
Additional information that merits emphasis.
See Also:
References within this guide.
3. Orientation of documents or paper is described in this guide as follows:
, , Long Edge Feed (LEF): Loading the document or paper in portrait orientation.
, , Short Edge Feed (SEF): Loading the document or paper in landscape orientation.
LEF Orientation SEF Orientation
* Paper feed direction
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Preface 14
Illegal Copies and Printouts
Copying or printing certain documents may be illegal in your country. Penalties of fines or
imprisonment may be imposed on those found guilty. The following are examples of items that may be
illegal to copy or print in your country.
❏ Currency
❏ Banknotes and checks
❏ Bank and government bonds and securities
❏ Passports and identification cards
❏ Copyright material or trademarks without the consent of the owner
❏ Postage stamps and other negotiable instruments
This list is not inclusive and no liability is assumed for either its completeness or accuracy. In case of
doubt, contact your legal counsel.
Product Features
Features
This section describes the product features and indicates their links.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Preface 15
Print From USB Memory (USB Direct Print)
Print From USB Memory feature allows you to
print directly from your USB storage device
without starting your computer. Without
requiring you to start your computer and an
application, this feature allows quick printing
with simple procedures.
For more information, see “Direct Print Using
the USB Storage Device” on page 106.
Multiple-Up Print
Multiple-Up enables you to print multiple pages
on a single sheet of paper. This feature allows
you to reduce the paper consumption.
For more information, see the print driver’s
help.
N-Up (2-in-1 Copy)
You can copy two original pages onto one sheet
of paper by selecting N-Up on the operator
panel when you make a copy. This feature helps
save paper.
For more information, see “N-Up” on
page 145.
2-Sided (Duplex Copy)
You can copy documents on both sides of a sheet
of paper by selecting 2-Sided on the operator
panel when you make a copy. This feature helps
save paper.
For more information, see “2-Sided” on
page 145.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Preface 16
Sending an E-Mail With the Scanned Image
(Scan to E-mail)
When you want to send scanned data by e-mail,
use the Scan to E-mail feature. You can directly
send the data scanned as an e-mail attachment.
You can choose destination e-mail addresses
from the address book on the printer or server.
Or, you can enter the address from the printer’s
operator panel using the numeric keypad.
For more information, see “Sending an E-Mail
With the Scanned Image” on page 180.
Scanning to Network (Scan to SMB)
You can transfer data scanned to a PC or a server
via SMB without service software. Although
prior registration of the destination PC on the
address book is required, it helps save your time.
For more information, see “Using a Scanner on
the Network” on page 158.
Scanning to a USB Storage Device
You don’t need a computer to connect your USB
storage device to save the scanned data. Insert
your USB storage device in the port on the
printer, and save the scanned data directly to
your USB storage device.
For more information, see “Scanning to a USB
Storage Device” on page 179.
Making Copies From the Document Glass
(Scan From Document Glass)
You can scan the pages of a book or a brochure
from the document glass. When you scan
documents using the document glass, place
them face down.
For more information, see “Making Copies
From the Document Glass” on page 126.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Preface 17
Making Copies From the ADF (Scan From
ADF)
You can scan pieces of unbound paper using the
automatic document feeder (ADF). When you
scan documents using the ADF, load them face
up.
For more information, see “Making Copies
From the ADF” on page 129.
Sending a Fax from the Driver (Direct Fax)
(Direct Fax from PC)
You can directly send faxes from your PC using
the fax driver. You can specify the fax settings
like the normal fax. Also, you can specify the
recipient’s fax number using the numeric
keypad, or the address book or phone book.
For more information, see “Sending a Fax from
the Driver (Direct Fax)” on page 202.
Address Book
Address Book simplifies the recipient
specification. You can use the address book on
the printer as well as on the server. Select the
desired address or fax number from the address
book when using the Scan to E-mail or Scan to
Network feature, or sending faxes.
For more information, see “Address Book
Editor” on page 54.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Preface 18
Chapter 1
Specifications
Copy Function
Items Description
Type Console
Memory 256 MB (Maximum 768 MB)
HDD —
Color Capability Full color
Printing Resolution
Output resolution: 600 × 600 dpi
Halftone/Printable Colors 256 color gradation for each color (16,700,000 colors)
Original Paper Size
Document glass: The maximum size is 215.9 × 297 mm for both sheets and
books.
Automatic document feeder (ADF): The maximum size is 215.9 × 355.6 mm for
sheets. Acceptable weight range is 50 to 125 gsm.
Output Paper Size
Maximum: Legal (8.5 × 14"), 215.9 × 355.6 mm
Minimum: Monarch
Image loss width: Top edge, 4 mm or less; bottom edge, 4 mm or less; left and
right edges, 4 mm or less
Output Paper Weight 60 – 216 gsm
Important:
Use paper recommended by Epson. Copying may not be performed correctly
depending on the conditions.
Reduction/Enlargement Preset: 200%/141%/122%/100%/81%/70%/50%
Variable: 25% to 400% (Settable in 1% increments)
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Specifications 19
Items Description
Continuous Copy Speed Monochrome:
A4 : 23 sheets/minute
Color:
A4 : 23 sheets/minute
Important:
❏ The speed may be reduced due to image quality adjustment.
❏ The performance may be reduced depending on the paper type.
Paper Tray Capacity Standard:
250 sheets (Standard 250-sheet tray) + 1 sheet (Single sheet feeder (SSF))
Maximum paper capacity:
501 sheets (standard + Optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit)
Important:
When using 80 gsm paper
Continuous Copy 99 images
Note:
The machine may pause temporarily to perform image quality adjustment.
Output Tray Capacity Approximately 150 sheets (A4
)
Important:
When using 80 gsm paper
Power Supply AC 220 – 240 V±10%/110 – 127 V±10%, 5/10A for both 50/60 Hz±3%
Power Consumption Maximum power consumption:
1100 W
Running mode:
410 W (Average)
Standby mode:
60 W (Average)
Low Power mode:
35 W or less
Sleep mode:
18.4 W or less
Dimensions
Width 430 × Depth 544.2 × Height 584.4 mm
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Specifications 20
Items Description
Machine Weight 28.6 kg
Important:
❏ The weight of paper is not included.
❏ The weight of the toner cartridges are included.
Space Requirement
Width 780 × Depth 1232.4 mm
Print Function
Items Description
Type Built-in
Continuous Print Speed Same as the Copy Function
Important:
❏ The speed may be reduced due to image quality adjustment.
❏ The performance may be reduced depending on the paper type.
Print Resolution
Output resolution: 600 × 600 dpi
PDL PCL 5e, PCL 5c, PCL 6, PostScript 3
Protocol TCP/IP (LPD, Port9100, WSD, HTTP, SMTP, RARP, AutoIP, WINS, DDNS, IPP, SMB),
SNMP, DHCP, BOOTP, Bonjour (mDNS)
Note:
❏ WSD stands for Web Services on Devices.
❏ WSD is available only on Windows Vista
®
, Windows
®
7, Windows
Server
®
2008, or Windows Server
®
2008 R2.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Specifications 21
Items Description
Operating System Standard: PCL6 and PostScript drivers
Microsoft
®
Windows
®
XP,
Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2003,
Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2008,
Microsoft
®
Windows Vista
®
,
Microsoft
®
Windows
®
7,
Microsoft
®
Windows
®
XP x64,
Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2003 x64,
Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2008 x64,
Microsoft
®
Windows Vista
®
x64,
Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2008 R2 x64,
Microsoft
®
Windows
®
7 x64,
Mac OS
®
X 10.4 – 10.6,
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 WS/5 Client (x86),
SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 10/11 (x86)
Important:
For information about the latest supported OS, contact our Customer Support
Center.
Fonts Build-in fonts
PCL5 and PCL6 fonts: 81 fonts and 36 symbol sets
PostScript3: 136 fonts
PDF Font: 14 fonts
Connectivity Standard: Ethernet (1000BASE-TX/100BASE-TX/10BASE-T), USB 2.0
Scan Function
Items Description
Type Color scanner
Original Paper Size Same as the Copy Function
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Specifications 22
Items Description
Scanning Resolution 200/300/600/1200 dpi
TWAIN: 50 to 9600 dpi
WIA: 75/100/150/200/300/400/600 dpi
Scanning Halftone 48-bit input / 24-bit output / 8-bit output for each RGB color
Scanning Speed Monochrome : 16 sheets/minute
Color : 8 sheets/minute
Important:
The scanning speed varies depending on documents.
Connectivity Standard: Ethernet (1000BASE-TX/100BASE-TX/10BASE-T), USB 2.0
Scan to PC Protocol: TCP/IP (SMB)
Operating System:
Microsoft
®
Windows
®
XP,
Microsoft
®
Windows Vista
®
,
Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2003,
Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2008,
Microsoft
®
Windows
®
7,
Microsoft
®
Windows XP x64,
Microsoft
®
Windows Vista
®
x64,
Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2003 x64,
Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2008 x64,
Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2008 R2 x64,
Microsoft
®
Windows
®
7 x64,
Mac OS X 10.4 – 10.6
Important:
For information about the latest supported OS, refer to the Epson Web site.
File Format:
PDF / JPEG (JFIF format) / TIFF (multi page 1 file) / TIFF (1 page 1 file)
Scan to e-mail Protocol: TCP/IP (SMTP, POP3)
File Format:
PDF / JPEG (JFIF format) / TIFF (multi page 1 file) / TIFF (1 page 1 file)
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Specifications 23
Items Description
Scan to SMB Protocol: TCP/IP (SMB)
File Format:
PDF / JPEG (JFIF format) / TIFF (multi page 1 file) / TIFF (1 page 1 file)
Scan to USB Memory File Format:
PDF / JPEG (JFIF format) / TIFF (multi page 1 file) / TIFF (1 page 1 file)
Important:
Operation with all type of USB memories is not guaranteed.
Fax Function
Items Description
Send Document Size Document glass:
Maximum: 215.9 × 297 mm
ADF:
Maximum: 215.9 × 355.6 mm
Recording Paper Size A4, Letter, Legal
Transmission Time 2 seconds
Important:
When transmitting an A4 size 700-character document in the standard quality
(8 x 3.85 lines/mm) and high speed mode (33.6 kbps or above: JBIG). This is only
the transmission speed for image information and does not include the
controlling time for the communication. Note that the actual transmission time
depends on the content of documents, the machine that the recipient uses,
and the status of the communication line.
Transmission Mode ITU-T Super G3, ITU-T G3 ECM, ITU-T G3
Scanning Resolution Standard:
200 × 100dpi (R8 (8dot/mm) × 3.85dot/mm)
Fine/Photo:
200 × 200dpi (R8 (8dot/mm) × 7.7dot/mm)
Superfine:
400 × 400dpi (R16 (16dot/mm) × 15.4dot/mm)
Coding Method MH, MR, MMR, JBIG
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Specifications 24
Items Description
Transmission Speed G3:
33.6/31.2/28.8/26.4/24.0/21.6/19.2/16.8/14.4/12.0/9.6/7.2/4.8/2.4kbps
No. of Fax Lines PSTN, PBX. Leased line (3.4KHz/2-wire)
RJ-11, 1 line
Direct Fax Function
Items Description
Document Size
A4, Letter, Folio (8.5 × 13"), Legal (8.5 × 14")
Transmission Speed Same as the Fax function
Transmission Resolution
Standard: 200 × 100dpi (R8 (8dot/mm) × 3.85dot/mm)
Fine: 200 × 200dpi (R8 (8dot/mm) × 7.7dot/mm)
Superfine: 400 × 400dpi (R16 (16dot/mm) × 15.4dot/mm)
Applicable Lines Same as the Fax Function
Operating System Microsoft
®
Windows
®
XP,
Microsoft
®
Windows Vista
®
,
Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2003,
Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2008,
Microsoft
®
Windows
®
7,
Microsoft
®
Windows
®
XP x64,
Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2003 x64,
Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2008 x64,
Microsoft
®
Windows Vista
®
x64,
Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2008 R2 x64,
Microsoft
®
Windows
®
7 x64,
Mac OS X 10.4 – 10.6
Important:
For information about the latest supported OS, refer to the Epson Web site.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Specifications 25
Chapter 2
Basic Operation
Main Components
This section provides an overview of your Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series.
Front View
1
2
3
5
4
6
14
13
12 11
10
9
7
8
18
17
16
15
1 Operator Panel 2 Front USB Port
3 Document Feeder Tray 4 Document Output Tray
5 Output Tray 6 Side Button
7 Power Switch 8 Toner Cartridge
9 Side Cover 10 Standard 250-Sheet Tray
11 Optional 250-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit 12 Width Guides
13 Single Sheet Feeder (SSF) 14 Front Cover
15 Fuser Unit 16 Drum Cartridge
17 Belt Unit 18 Optional Duplex Unit
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Basic Operation 26
Rear View
1
2
8
7
6
3
4
5
1 ADF Cover 2 Control Board Cover
3 Ethernet Port 4 Phone Connector
5 Wall Jack Connector 6 USB Port
7 Security Slot 8 Power Connector
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Basic Operation 27
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
5
4
6
1
2
3
1ADF Cover 2Document Guides
3 ADF Glass 4 Document Glass
5 Document Feeder Tray 6 Document Stopper
Operator Panel
The operator panel has a 168 × 64 dots liquid crystal display (LCD), light-emitting diodes (LED),
control buttons, one touch dial buttons and numeric keypad, which allow you to control the printer.
Energy Saver
Clear All
Stop
Start
ErrorData
Redial /Pause
Speed Dial
@:./
GHI
PQRS
-_~
TUV
WXYZ
DEF
ABC
MNO
JKL
System
Address Book
Job Status
Back
Copy
Scan
Print
Fax
4
3
2
1
6
5
87
OK
C
0#
987
4
6
5
1
3
2
2223 21 1314151617181920
32 4 5 6 7891011121
2425
1. One Touch Dial buttons
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Basic Operation 28
❏ Calls up the stored Fax number registered in the Phone Book. The first eight fax numbers in the
Phone Book are assigned to the buttons in row order, starting from the left top corner.
2. Copy button
❏ Moves to the top level of the Copy menu.
3. Scan button
❏ Moves to the top level of the Scan menu.
4.
buttons
❏ Moves a cursor or highlight up or down.
5.
buttons
❏ Moves a cursor or highlight left or right.
6. Job Status button
❏ Moves to the top level of the Job Status menu.
7. System button
❏ Moves to the top level of the System menu.
8. Numeric keypad
❏ Enters characters and numbers.
9. Redial / Pause button
❏ Re-dials a telephone number.
❏ Inserts a pause during dialing.
10. Speed Dial button
❏ Calls up a stored telephone number.
11. Clear All button
❏ Resets the current setting, and returns to the top level of each menu.
12. Energy Saver button
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Basic Operation 29
❏ Lights up in the Sleep mode. Press this button to exit the Sleep mode.
13. Stop button
❏ Cancels the current processing or pending job.
14. Start button
❏ Starts a job.
15. Error LED
❏ Lights up when the printer has an error.
16. Data LED
❏ Lights up for incoming, outgoing, or pending Fax jobs.
17. C (Clear) button
❏ Deletes characters and numbers.
18. Address Book button
❏ Moves to the top level of the Address Book menu.
19.
button
❏ Confirms the entry of values.
20.
(Back) button
❏ Returns to the previous screen.
21. LCD Panel
❏ Displays various settings, instructions, and error messages.
22. Print button
❏ Moves to the top level of the Print menu.
23. Fax button
❏ Moves to the top level of the Fax menu.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Basic Operation 30
24. Color Mode button
❏ Switches the color mode.
25. B&W/Color LED
❏ Lights up to indicate which color mode is selected.
Note:
❏ Moving to a different menu or returning to a previous screen cancels the current entry or setting.
Make sure to press the
button to save the current entry or setting.
❏ For details on how to use the numeric keypad to enter alphanumeric characters, see “Using the
Numeric Keypad to Enter Characters” on page 302.
Securing the Printer
To protect your printer from theft, you can use the optional Kensington lock.
Attach the Kensington lock to the security slot on your printer.
* Security slot
For details, see the operating instructions supplied with the Kensington lock.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Basic Operation 31
Preparing Printer Hardware
1. Open the side cover.
2. Completely pull out the eight yellow ribbons.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Basic Operation 32
3. Push and slide the latches of the four toner cartridges to the locked position.
4. Close the side cover.
Installing Optional Accessories
You can make the printer more functional by installing the optional accessories. This section describes
how to install the printer’s options such as the additional memory module, optional duplex unit and
optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Basic Operation 33
Installing the Additional Memory Module
Note:
Your printer supports additional 512 MB memory module.
1. Turn off the printer.
2. Turn the screw on the control board cover counterclockwise.
Note:
Loosen the screw. You do not need to remove the screw.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Basic Operation 34
3. Slide the control board cover towards the rear of the printer.
4. Open the control board cover completely.
5. Align the connector of the memory module with the slot and insert the memory module into the
slot.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Basic Operation 35
6. Push the memory module firmly into the slot.
Note:
Ensure that the memory module is firmly fixed in the slot and does not move easily.
7. Close the control board cover, and slide it towards the front of the printer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Basic Operation 36
8. Turn the screw clockwise.
9. Turn on the printer.
10. Print the System Settings page to confirm that the newly installed memory module is detected by
the printer.
a
Press the System button.
b Select Report/List, and then press the
button.
c Select System Settings, and then press the
button.
The System Settings page is printed.
11. Confirm the amount of Memory Capacity listed under General in the System Settings page.
If the memory capacity has not increased, turn off the printer, unplug the power cord, and
re-install the memory module.
12. If you installed the additional memory module after installing the print driver, update your driver
by following the instructions for the operating system you are using. If the printer is on a network,
update the driver for each client.
Updating Your Driver to Detect Additional Memory Module
The following procedure uses Microsoft
®
Windows
®
and the PCL 6 driver as an example.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Basic Operation 37
Microsoft
®
Windows
®
7/
Windows 7 x64/
Windows Server
®
2008 R2
x64
1. Click Start — Devices and Printers.
2. Right-click the printer icon of the Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series and select Printer
properties.
3. Click the Options tab, and then click Get Information from Printer.
4. Click Apply, and then click OK.
5. Close the Devices and Printers folder.
Windows Vista
®
/
Windows Vista x64
1. Click Start — Control Panel — Hardware and Sound — Printers.
2. Right-click the printer icon of the Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series and select
Properties.
3. Click the Options tab, and then click Get Information from Printer.
4. Click Apply, and then click OK.
5. Close the Printers folder.
Windows Server 2008/
Windows Server 2008 x64
1. Click Start — Control Panel — Printers.
2. Right-click the printer icon of the Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series and select
Properties.
3. Click the Options tab, and then click Get Information from Printer.
4. Click Apply, and then click OK.
5. Close the Printers folder.
Windows XP/
Windows XP x64/
Windows Server 2003/
Windows Server 2003 x64
1. Click Start (start for Windows XP) — Printers and Faxes.
2. Right-click the printer icon of the Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series and select
Properties.
3. Click the Options tab, and then click Get Information from Printer.
4. Click Apply, and then click OK.
5. Close the Printers and Faxes folder.
If the printer information is not updated automatically after clicking Get Information from Printer,
follow these steps:
1. Click the Options tab, and then select Memory Capacity in Items.
2. Select the total amount of the installed printer memory in Memory Capacity.
3. Click Apply, and then click OK.
4. Close the Printers and Faxes (, Printers, or Devices and Printers) folder.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Basic Operation 38
Installing the Optional Duplex Unit
1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cord.
2. Unpack the optional duplex unit.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Basic Operation 39
3. Push the side button to open the front cover.
4. Remove the connector cap.
Important:
Make sure to remove the cap that is attached to the printer. Installing the optional duplex unit
without removing the cap may result in damage or malfunction of the printer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Basic Operation 40
5. Face the connectors of the optional duplex unit over the slots and push the optional duplex unit
into them.
Note:
Make sure the optional duplex unit is securely installed in the printer and cannot be easily moved.
6. Close the front cover.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Basic Operation 41
7. Reconnect the power cord to the power connector and turn on the printer.
8. If you installed the optional duplex unit after installing the print driver, update your driver by
following the instructions for each operating system. If the printer is on a network, update the
driver for each client.
Updating Your Driver to Detect Optional Duplex Unit
The following procedure uses Microsoft
®
Windows
®
and the PCL 6 driver as an example.
Microsoft Windows 7/
Windows 7 x64/
Windows Server 2008 R2 x64
1. Click Start — Devices and Printers.
2. Right-click the printer icon of the Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series and select Printer
properties.
3. Click the Options tab, and then click Get Information from Printer.
4. Click Apply, and then click OK.
5. Close the Devices and Printers folder.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Basic Operation 42
Windows Vista/
Windows Vista x64
1. Click Start — Control Panel — Hardware and Sound — Printers.
2. Right-click the printer icon of the Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series and select
Properties.
3. Click the Options tab, and then click Get Information from Printer.
4. Click Apply, and then click OK.
5. Close the Printers folder.
Windows Server 2008/
Windows Server 2008 x64
1. Click Start — Control Panel — Printers.
2. Right-click the printer icon of the Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series and select
Properties.
3. Click the Options tab, and then click Get Information from Printer.
4. Click Apply, and then click OK.
5. Close the Printers folder.
Windows XP/
Windows XP x64/
Windows Server 2003/
Windows Server 2003 x64
1. Click Start (start for Windows XP) — Printers and Faxes.
2. Right-click the printer icon of the Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series and select
Properties.
3. Click the Options tab, and then click Get Information from Printer.
4. Click Apply, and then click OK.
5. Close the Printers and Faxes folder.
If the printer information is not updated automatically after clicking Get Information from Printer,
follow these steps:
1. Click the Options tab, and then select Duplexer in Items.
2. Select Available for the optional duplex unit setting in Duplexer.
3. Click Apply, and then click OK.
4. Close the Printers and Faxes (, Printers, or Devices and Printers) folder.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Basic Operation 43
Installing the Optional 250-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit
1. Turn off the printer.
2. Disconnect the power cord from the power connector on the rear of the printer.
3. Remove the tape and the bag holding the screws.
4. Place the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit in the location that the printer is located.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Basic Operation 44
5. Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the standard 250-sheet tray
with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
6. Lift the printer and align the five guide pins of the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit with the
holes at the bottom of the printer. Gently lower the printer onto the optional 250-sheet paper
cassette unit.
c
Caution:
Two people are required to lift the printer.
c
Caution:
Be careful not to pinch your fingers when lowering the printer onto the optional 250-sheet
paper cassette unit.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Basic Operation 45
7. Secure the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit to the printer by tightening the two screws
provided with the cassette unit with a coin or similar object.
8. Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
Important:
Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray or the inside of the printer.
9. Reconnect all cables into the rear of the printer and turn on the printer.
Note:
The printer will automatically detect the attached tray but will not detect the paper type.
10. Print the System Settings page to confirm the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit is installed
correctly.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Basic Operation 46
a
Press the System button.
b Select Report/List, and then press the
button.
c Select System Settings, and then press the
button.
The System Settings page is printed.
11. Confirm Tray 2 (250 Sheet Feeder) is listed under Printer Options in the System Settings
page.
If the cassette unit is not listed, turn off the printer, unplug the power cord, and re-install the
optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit.
12. After loading paper in the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit, specify the paper type from the
printer operator panel.
a
Press the System button.
b Select Tray Settings, and then press the
button.
c Select Tray 2, and then press the
button.
d Select Paper Type, and then press the
button.
e Select the paper type for the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit, and then press the
button.
13. If you installed the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit after installing the print driver, update
your driver by following the instructions for each operating system. If the printer is on a network,
update the driver for each client.
Updating Your Driver to Detect Optional 250-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit
The following procedure uses Microsoft
®
Windows
®
and the PCL 6 driver as an example.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Basic Operation 47
Microsoft Windows 7/
Windows 7 x64/
Windows Server 2008 R2 x64
1. Click Start — Devices and Printers.
2. Right-click the printer icon of the Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series and select Printer
properties.
3. Click the Options tab, and then click Get Information from Printer.
4. Click Apply, and then click OK.
5. Close the Devices and Printers folder.
Windows Vista/
Windows Vista x64
1. Click Start — Control Panel — Hardware and Sound — Printers.
2. Right-click the printer icon of the Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series and select
Properties.
3. Click the Options tab, and then click Get Information from Printer.
4. Click Apply, and then click OK.
5. Close the Printers folder.
Windows Server 2008/
Windows Server 2008 x64
1. Click Start — Control Panel — Printers.
2. Right-click the printer icon of the Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series and select
Properties.
3. Click the Options tab, and then click Get Information from Printer.
4. Click Apply, and then click OK.
5. Close the Printers folder.
Windows XP/
Windows XP x64/
Windows Server 2003/
Windows Server 2003 x64
1. Click Start (start for Windows XP) — Printers and Faxes.
2. Right-click the printer icon of the Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series and select
Properties.
3. Click the Options tab, and then click Get Information from Printer.
4. Click Apply, and then click OK.
5. Close the Printers and Faxes
folder.
If the printer information is not updated automatically after clicking Get Information from Printer,
follow these steps:
1. Click the Options tab, and then select Paper Tray Configuration in Items.
2. Select Two trays for the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit setting in Paper Tray
Configuration.
3. Click Apply, and then click OK.
4. Close the Printers and Faxes (, Printers, or Devices and Printers) folder.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Basic Operation 48
Setting Initial Settings on the Operator Panel
You need to set the printer language, region, clock date, and time when you turn on printer for the first
time.
When you turn on the printer, a wizard appears on the LCD panel. Follow the steps below to set the
initial settings.
Note:
If you do not start configuring the initial settings, Ready appears on the LCD panel in three minutes.
After that, you can set the following initial setup by enabling Power On Wizard on the LCD panel or
EpsonNet Config if needed.
For more information on operator panel, see “Understanding the Printer Menus” on page 227.
For more information on EpsonNet Config, see “EpsonNet Config” on page 52.
1. Please Select Language appears. Select the language you want to use on the operator panel
from the following drop-down list, and then press the
button.
English
Français
Italiano
Deutsch
Español
Nederlands
Português
Pусский
Türkçe
Traditional Chinese
Korean
2. Press the button to start setting the region.
3. Select your region, and then press the
button.
4. Select the appropriate time zone, and then press the
button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Basic Operation 49
5. Specify the current date, and then press the button.
6. Specify the current time, and then press the
button.
7. Press the
button for Fax Setup.
If you want to skip the Fax Setup, press the Start button to exit the wizard and to restart the
printer.
8. Enter your fax number, and then press the
button.
9. Enter a name, and then press the
button.
10. Press the
button to exit the wizard and to restart the printer.
Printing a Panel Settings Page
The Panel Settings page shows current settings for the operator panel menus.
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Report/List, and then press the
button.
3. Select Panel Settings, and then press the
button.
The Panel Settings page is printed.
Power Saver Mode
The printer has a power saving feature that reduces power consumption during periods of inactivity.
This feature operates in two modes: the Low Power mode and Sleep mode. As delivered, the printer
switches to the Low Power mode three minutes after the last print job is printed. The printer then
switches to the Sleep mode after another six minutes of inactivity. When the printer is in the Low
Power mode, the LCD backlight turns off. In the Sleep mode, Energy Saver button lights up. The
display also goes blank and displays nothing.
The factory default settings of three minutes (Low Power mode) and six minutes (Sleep mode) are
changeable within the range of 3 to 60 minutes (Low Power mode) and 1 to 6 minutes (Sleep mode).
The printer returns to the ready-to-print state in about 30 seconds when re-activated.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Basic Operation 50
See Also:
“Setting the Power Saver Timer Option” on page 301
Exiting the Power Saver Mode
The printer automatically exits the Power Saver mode when it receives a print job from a computer. To
manually exit the Low Power mode, press any button on the operator panel. To exit the Sleep mode,
press the Energy Saver button.
Note:
❏ Opening and closing a cover will cause the printer to exit the Low Power mode and the Sleep mode.
❏ Opening and closing the ADF cover will cause the printer to exit the Sleep mode.
❏ When the printer is in the Sleep mode, all buttons on the operator panel except for the Energy Saver
button do not function. To use the buttons on the operator panel, press the Energy Saver button to
exit the Sleep mode.
See Also:
“Setting the Power Saver Timer Option” on page 301
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Basic Operation 51
Chapter 3
Printer Management Software
Print and Scan Drivers
To access all of your printer’s features, install the print and scan drivers from the Software Disc.
❏ The print drivers enable your computer and printer to communicate and provide access to your
printer features.
❏ The scan drivers enable you to scan images directly to your personal computer and place scanned
images directly into an application via USB or the network.
See Also:
“Installing the Scan Driver” on page 151
EpsonNet Config
This section provides information on EpsonNet Config, a hyper text transfer protocol (HTTP)-based
web page service that is accessed through your web browser.
These pages give you instant access to printer status, and printer configuration options. Anyone on
your network can access the printer using their web browser software. In administrative mode you can
change the configuration of the printer, set up your fax directories, and manage your printer settings
without leaving your computer.
Note:
Users who are not given passwords by the administrator can still view the configuration settings and
options in user mode. They will not be able to save or apply any changes to the current configuration.
Creating an Administrative Password
1. Launch your web browser.
2. Enter the IP address in the browser’s Address field, and then press the Enter key.
3. Click the Properties tab.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printer Management Software 52
4. In the left navigation panel, scroll down to Security and select Administrator Settings.
5. Select Enabled for Administrator Mode.
6. In the Administrator Login ID field, enter a name for the administrator.
Note:
The default ID and password are both blank (NULL).
7. In the Administrator Password and Re-enter Password fields, enter a password for the
administrator.
8. In the Maximum Login Attempts field, enter the number of login attempts allowed.
9. Click Apply. Your new password has been set and anyone with the administrator name and
password can log in and change the printer configuration and settings.
Status Monitor (Windows Only)
You can check the printer status with Status Monitor. Double-click the Status Monitor printer icon on
the taskbar at the bottom right of the screen. The Select Printer window appears, which displays the
printer name, printer connection ports, and printer status. Check the column Status to know the
current status of your printer.
Status Settings button: Displays the Status Settings dialog box and allows you to modify the Status
Monitor settings.
Click the name of the desired printer listed on the Select Printer window. The Printer Status
window appears.
The Printer Status window alerts you when there is a warning or when an error occurs, for example,
when a paper jam occurs or toner is running low.
By default, the Printer Status window launches when printing and an error occurs. When an error
occurs, the error message appears on the Printer Status window. You can specify the conditions for
starting the Printer Status window in Auto start setup.
To change the pop-up settings for the Printer Status window:
The following procedure uses Microsoft
®
Windows
®
XP as an example.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printer Management Software 53
1. Click start — All Programs — EPSON — Status Monitor — Activate Status Monitor.
The Select Printer window appears.
2. Click Status Settings.
The Status Settings dialog box appears.
3. Select the Pop up setting tab, and then select the type of the pop-up from Auto start setup.
You can also check the toner level of your printer.
The Status Monitor is installed with your Epson print driver.
Address Book Editor
The Address Book Editor provides a convenient interface for modifying the printer’s address book
entries. With it you can create:
❏ Fax entries
❏ Email entries
❏ Server entries
When you start the software, if the printer is connected to your computer via USB or to a network, the
Address Book Editor reads the printer’s address book. You can create, edit, and delete entries. After
making changes, you can then save the updated address book to the printer or to your computer.
The Address Book Editor can be installed from the Software Disc. It is available for Windows and
Mac OS
®
X.
Express Scan Manager
The Express Scan Manager handles scan jobs sent from the printer to your computer via USB. When a
scan job is sent from the printer to the computer, Express Scan Manager automatically manages the
scan job.
Before scanning to your computer, start Express Scan Manager and configure the scan settings. You
can specify settings for output destination.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printer Management Software 54
The Express Scan Manager can be installed from the Software Disc. It is available for Windows and
Mac OS X.
See Also:
“Scanning” on page 151
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printer Management Software 55
Chapter 4
Network Basics
Overview of Network Setup and Configuration
To set up and configure the network:
1. Connect the printer to the network using the recommended hardware and cables.
2. Turn on the printer and the computer.
3. Print the System Settings page and keep it for referencing network settings.
4. Install the driver software on the computer from the Software Disc. For information on driver
installation, see the section in this chapter for the specific operating system you are using.
5. Configure the printer’s TCP/IP address, which is required to identify the printer on the network.
❏ Microsoft
®
Windows
®
operating systems: Run the Installer on the Software Disc to
automatically set the printer’s IP address if the printer is connected to an established TCP/IP
network. You can also manually set the printer’s IP address on the operator panel.
❏ Mac OS
®
X and Linux systems: Manually set the printer’s TCP/IP address on the operator
panel.
6. Print a System Settings page to verify the new settings.
See Also:
“Printing a System Settings Page” on page 121
Connecting Your Printer
Your Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series interconnection cables must meet the following requirements:
Connection Type Connection Specifications
USB USB 2.0
Ethernet 10 Base-T/100 Base-TX/1000 Base-TX
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 56
Wall jack connector RJ11
Phone connector RJ11
1
2
3
4
1USB port
2 Ethernet port
3 Phone connector
4 Wall jack connector
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 57
Connecting Printer to Computer or Network
Connect the printer via Ethernet or USB. A USB connection is a direct connection and is not used for
networking. An Ethernet connection is used for networking. Hardware and cabling requirements
vary for the different connection methods. Ethernet cable and hardware are generally not included
with your printer and must be purchased separately.
The available features for each connection type are shown in the following table.
Connection Type Available Features
USB When connected via USB you can:
❏ Instruct print jobs from a computer.
❏ Scan and print an image into an application.
❏ Scan and print an image to a folder on the computer.
❏ Use the Address Book Editor to manage address book entries.
Ethernet When connected via Ethernet you can:
❏ Instruct print jobs from a computer on the network.
❏ Scan to a computer on the network.
❏ Scan to email.
❏ Use EpsonNet Config to manage address book entries.
USB Connection
A local printer is directly connected to your computer using the USB cable. If your printer is connected
to a network instead of your computer, skip this section and go to “Network Connection” on
page 59.
To connect the printer to a computer:
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 58
1. Connect the smaller USB connector into the USB port on the rear of the printer.
Note:
Ensure that you match the USB symbol on the cable to the USB symbol on the printer.
2. Connect the other end of the cable into a USB port of the computer.
Note:
Do not connect the printer USB cable to the USB port available on the keyboard.
Network Connection
To connect the printer to a network:
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 59
1. Connect an Ethernet cable.
To connect the printer to the network, connect one end of the Ethernet cable into the Ethernet port on
the rear of the printer, and the other end to a LAN drop or hub.
Setting the IP Address
TCP/IP and IP Addresses
If your computer is on a large network, contact your network administrator for the appropriate TCP/
IP addresses and additional system settings information.
If you are creating your own small Local Area Network or connecting the printer directly to your
computer using Ethernet, follow the procedure for automatically setting the printer’s IP address.
Computers and printers primarily use TCP/IP protocols to communicate over an Ethernet network.
With TCP/IP protocols, each printer and computer must have a unique IP addres s. It is important that
the addresses are similar, but not the same; only the last digit needs to be different. For example, your
printer can have the address 192.168.1.2 while your computer has the address 192.168.1.3. Another
device can have the address 192.168.1.4.
Many networks have a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server. A DHCP server
automatically programs an IP address into every computer and printer on the network that is
configured to use DHCP. A DHCP server is built into most cable and Digital Subscriber Line (DSL)
routers. If you use a cable or DSL router, see your router’s documentation for information on IP
addressing.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 60
Automatically Setting the Printer’s IP Address
If the printer is connected to a small established TCP/IP network without a DHCP server, use the
installer on the Software Disc to detect or assign an IP address to your printer. For further
instructions, insert the Software Disc into your computer’s CD/DVD drive. After the Installer
launches, follow the prompts for installation.
Note:
For the automatic installer to function, the printer must be connected to an established TCP/IP network.
Dynamic Methods of Setting the Printer’s IP Address
There are two protocols available for dynamically setting the printer’s IP address:
❏ DHCP (enabled by default)
❏ AutoIP
You can turn on/off both protocols using the operator panel, or use EpsonNet Config to turn on/off
DHCP.
Note:
You can print a report that includes the printer’s IP address. On the operator panel, press the System
button, select Report/List, press the
button, select System Settings, and then press the
button. The IP address is listed on the System Settings page.
Using the Operator Panel
To turn on/off either the DHCP or AutoIP protocol:
1. On the operator panel, press the System button.
2. Select Admin Menu, and then press the
button.
3. Select Wired Network, and then press the
button.
4. Select TCP/IP, and then press the
button.
5. Select IPv4, and then press the
button.
6. Select Get IP Address, and then press the
button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 61
7. Select DHCP / Autonet, and then press the button.
Using EpsonNet Config
To turn on/off the DHCP protocol:
1. Launch your web browser.
2. Enter the IP address in the browser’s Address field, and then press the Enter key.
3. Select Properties.
4. Select the Protocol Settings folder on the left navigation panel.
5. Select TCP/IP.
6. In the Get IP Address field, select the DHCP / Autonet option.
7. Click the Apply button.
Assigning an IP Address (for IPv4 Mode)
Note:
❏ When you assign an IP address manually in IPv6 mode, use the EpsonNet Config. To display the
EpsonNet Config, use the link local address. To check a link local address, see “Printing and Checking
the System Settings Page” on page 65 on page 68.
❏ Assigning an IP address is considered as an advanced function and is normally done by a system
administrator.
❏ Depending on the address class, the range of the IP address assigned may be different. On Class A, for
example, an IP address in the range from 0.0.0.0 to 127.255.255.255 will be assigned. For
assignment of IP addresses, contact your system administrator.
You can assign the IP address by using the operator panel.
1. Turn on the printer.
Ensure that Ready message appears on the LCD panel.
2. On the operator panel, press the System button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 62
3. Select Admin Menu, and then press the button.
4. Select Wired Network, and then press the
button.
5. Select TCP/IP, and then press the
button.
6. Select IPv4, and then press the
button.
7. Select Get IP Address, and then press the
button.
8. Select Panel, and then press the
button.
9. Ensure that the message This Setting Becomes Effective after Restart appears, and
then press any button.
10. Press the
button to select IP Address, and then press the button.
The cursor is located at the first octet of the IP address.
11. Enter the value of the IP address using the numeric keypad.
12. Press the
button.
The cursor moves to the next octet.
13. Repeat steps 11 to 12 to set all of the digits in the IP address, and then press the
button.
14. Ensure that the message This Setting Becomes Effective after Restart appears, and
then press any button.
15. Press the
button to select Subnet Mask, and then press the button.
The cursor is located at the first octet of the subnet mask.
16. Enter the value of the subnet mask using the numeric keypad.
17. Press the
button.
The cursor moves to the next octet.
18. Repeat steps 16 to 17 to set subnet mask, and then press the
button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 63
19. Ensure that the message This Setting Becomes Effective after Restart appears, and
then press any button.
20. Press the
button to select Gateway Address, and then press the button.
The cursor is located at the first octet of the gateway address.
21. Enter the value of the gateway address using the numeric keypad.
22. Press the
button.
The cursor moves to the next octet.
23. Repeat steps 21 to 22 to set gateway address, and then press the
button.
24. Ensure that the message This Setting Becomes Effective after Restart appears, and
then press any button.
25. Turn off and turn on the printer.
See Also:
“Operator Panel” on page 28
Verifying the IP Settings
You can confirm the settings by printing the system settings report or using the ping command.
The following procedure uses Windows XP as an example.
1. Print the System Settings page.
2. Look under the IPv4 heading on the System Settings page to ensure that the IP address, subnet
mask, and gateway are appropriate.
To verify if the printer is active on the network, run the ping command in your computer:
1. Click start, and select Run.
2. Enter cmd, and then click OK.
A black window is displayed.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 64
3. Enter ping xx.xx.xx.xx (where xx.xx.xx.xx is the IP address of your printer), and then press the
Enter key.
4. Reply from the IP address denotes printer is active on the network.
See Also:
“Printing and Checking the System Settings Page” on page 65
Printing and Checking the System Settings Page
Print the System Settings page and check your printer’s IP address by using the operator panel.
1. On the operator panel, press the System button.
2. Select Report/List, and then press the button.
3. Select System Settings, and then press the
button.
The System Settings page is printed.
4. Confirm the IP address next to IP Address under Network (Wired) on the System Settings page.
If the IP address is 0.0.0.0, wait for a few minutes to resolve the IP address automatically, and then
print the System Settings page again.
If the IP address is not resolved automatically, see “Assigning an IP Address (for IPv4 Mode)” on
page 62.
Installing Print Driver on Computers Running Windows
Identifying Print Driver Pre-install Status (For Network Connection Setup)
Before installing the print driver on your computer, print the System Settings page to check the IP
address of your printer.
The Operator Panel
1. Press the System button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 65
2. Select Report/List, and then press the button.
3. Select System Settings, and then press the
button.
The System Settings page is printed.
4. Find the IP address under Network (Wired) on the System Settings page.
If the IP address is 0.0.0.0, wait for a few minutes to resolve the IP address automatically, and then
print the System Settings page again.
If the IP address is not resolved automatically, see “Assigning an IP Address (for IPv4 Mode)” on
page 62.
Disabling the Firewall Before Installing Your Printer
Note:
For Windows XP, Service Pack 2 or 3 must be installed.
If you are running one of the following operating systems, you must disable the firewall before
installing the Epson printer software:
❏ Windows 7
❏ Windows Vista
❏ Windows Server 2008 R2
❏ Windows Server 2008
❏ Windows XP
The following procedure uses Windows XP as an example.
1. Click start — Help and Support.
Note:
For Windows Vista, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7 operating
systems, if you use Online Help, switch to Offline Help on Windows Help and Support window.
2. In the Search box, enter firewall and then press the Enter key.
In the list, click Turn Windows Firewall on or off and then follow the instructions on the screen.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 66
Enable the firewall after the installation of the Epson printer software is complete.
Inserting the Software Disc
For Installing PCL Print Driver
1. Insert the Software Disc into your computer to start Easy Install.
Note:
If the Software Disc does not automatically launch, click Start (start for Windows XP) — All Programs
(for Windows Vista and Windows 7) — Accessories (for Windows Vista and Windows 7) — Run, and
then enter D:\setup.exe (where D is the drive letter), and then click OK.
For Installing PostScript Print Driver
1. Insert the Software Disc into your computer.
USB Connection Setup
For Installing PCL Print Driver
1. Turn on the printer.
2. Click Easy Install.
The SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT appears.
3. If you agree to the terms of the SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT, select Agree and then click
Next.
The Easy Install Navi launches.
4. Click Installing Driver and Software.
5. Click Print/Fax Driver.
6. Click Connect via USB.
7. Follow the procedures described in the Help to install the print driver.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 67
USB Printing
A personal printer is a printer attached to your computer or a print server using a USB. If your printer
is attached to a network and not your computer, see “Network Connection Setup” on page 68.
For Installing PostScript Print Driver
Windows users should read the PostScript User's Guide for information on how to install the print
driver.
Network Connection Setup
Note:
❏ To use this printer in a Linux environment, you need to install a Linux driver. For more information
on how to install and use these, see also “Installing Print Driver on Computers Running Linux
(CUPS)” on page 75.
❏ When using a CD drive in a Linux environment, you need to mount the CD according to your system
environment. The command strings are mount/media/CD-ROM.
For installing PCL print driver
1. Turn on the printer.
2. Click Easy Install.
The SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT appears.
3. If you agree to the terms of the SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT, select Agree and then click
Next.
The Easy Install Navi launches.
4. Click Installing Driver and Software.
5. Click Print/Fax Driver.
6. Select Standard or Custom setup.
7. Follow the on-screen instructions to install the print driver.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 68
For installing PostScript print driver
Windows users should read the PostScript User's Guide for information on how to install the print
driver.
Setting Up for Shared Printing
You can share your new printer on the network using the Software Disc that comes with your printer,
or using Microsoft peer-to-peer method. However, if you use the Microsoft method, some features,
such as the Status Monitor and other printer utilities, installed with the Software Disc, may not be
available.
If you want to use the printer on a network, share the printer and install its drivers on all the computers
on the network.
Note:
You need to purchase an Ethernet cable for shared printing.
For Windows XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2003, and Windows Server
2003 x64 Edition
1. Click Start (start for Windows XP) — Printers and Faxes.
2. Right-click the printer icon and select Properties.
3. On the Sharing tab, select the Share this printer radio button, and then enter a name in Share
name text box.
4. Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network clients that print to the
printer.
5. Click OK.
If you are missing files, you are prompted to insert the server operating system CD.
6. Click Apply, and then click OK.
For Windows Vista and Windows Vista 64-bit Edition
1. Click Start — Control Panel — Hardware and Sound — Printers.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 69
2. Right-click the printer icon and select Sharing.
3. Click Change sharing options.
The message Windows needs your permission to continue appears.
4. Click Continue.
5. Select the Share this printer check box, and then enter a name in Share name.
6. Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network clients that print to the
printer.
7. Click OK.
8. Click Apply, and then click OK.
For Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition
1. Click Start — Control Panel — Printers.
2. Right-click the printer icon and select Sharing.
3. Select the Share this printer check box, and then enter a name in Share name.
4. Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network clients that print to the
printer.
5. Click OK.
6. Click Apply, and then click OK.
For Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, and Windows Server 2008 R2
1. Click Start — Devices and Printers.
2. Right-click the printer icon and select Printer properties.
3. On the Sharing tab, select the Share this printer check box, and then enter a name in Share
name text box.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 70
4. Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network clients that print to the
printer.
5. Click OK.
6. Click Apply, and then click OK.
To confirm that the printer is properly shared:
❏ Ensure that the printer object in the Printers, Printers and Faxes or Devices and Printers
folder is shared. The shared icon is shown under the printer icon.
❏ Browse Network or My Network Places. Find the host name of the server and the shared name
you assigned to the printer.
Now that the printer is shared, you can install the printer on network clients using the peer-to-peer
method.
Peer-to-Peer
If you use the peer-to-peer method, the print driver is fully installed on each client computer. Network
clients retain control of driver modifications. The client computer handles the print job processing.
For Windows XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2003, and Windows Server
2003 x64 Edition
1. Click start (Start for Windows Server 2003 / Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition) — Printers and
Faxes.
2. Click Add a printer (Add Printer for Windows Server 2003 / Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition)
to launch the Add Printer Wizard.
3. Click Next.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 71
4. Select A network printer, or a printer attached to another computer, and then click Next. If
the printer is not listed, enter the path to the printer in the text box.
For example:\\[server host name]\[shared printer name]
The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it on the network. The
shared printer name is the name assigned during the server installation process.
5. Click Browse for a printer, and then click Next.
6. Select the printer, and then click Next.
If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a print driver. If no system driver is
available, you need to specify the path to available drivers.
7. Select Yes if you want this printer to be set as the default printer, and then click Next.
If you want to verify installation, click Yes to print a test page.
8. Click Finish.
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.
For Windows Vista and Windows Vista 64-bit Edition
1. Click Start — Control Panel — Hardware and Sound — Printers.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 72
2. Click Add a Printer to launch the Add Printer wizard.
3. Select Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer, and then click Next. If the printer is
listed, select the printer and click Next, or select The printer that I want isn’t listed and enter the
path of the printer in Select a shared printer by name and click Next.
For example:\\[server host name]\[shared printer name]
The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it on the network. The
shared printer name is the name assigned during the server installation process.
4. If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a print driver. If no system driver is
available, you need to specify the path to available drivers.
5. Select Yes if you want this printer to be set as the default printer, and then click Next.
6. If you want to verify installation, click Print a test page.
7. Click Finish.
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.
For Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition
1. Click Start — Control Panel — Printers.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 73
2. Click Add a Printer to launch the Add Printer wizard.
3. Select Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer, and then click Next. If the printer is
listed, select the printer and click Next, or select The printer that I want isn’t listed and enter the
path to the printer in Select a shared printer by name and click Next.
For example: \\[server host name]\[shared printer name]
The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it on the network. The
shared printer name is the name assigned during the server installation process.
4. If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a print driver. If no system driver is
available, you will need to provide a path to available drivers.
5. Select Yes if you want this printer to be set as the default printer, and then click Next.
6. Click Print a test page if you want to verify installation.
7. Click Finish.
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.
For Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, and Windows Server 2008 R2
1. Click Start — Devices and Printers.
2. Click Add a Printer to launch the Add Printer wizard.
3. Select Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer. If the printer is listed, select the printer
and click Next, or select The printer that I want isn’t listed. Click Select a shared printer by
name and enter the path of the printer in the text box, and then click Next.
For example: \\[server host name]\[shared printer name]
The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it to the network. The
shared printer name is the name assigned during the server installation process.
4. If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a print driver. If no system driver is
available, you will need to provide the path to the available driver.
5. Confirm the printer name, and then click Next.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 74
6. Select Yes if you want this printer to be set as the default printer, and then click Next.
7. Click Print a test page if you want to verify installation.
8. Click Finish.
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.
Installing Print Driver on Computers Running Mac OS X
For information on how to install the print driver, refer to the PostScript User's Guide.
Installing Print Driver on Computers Running Linux (CUPS)
This section provides information for installing or setting up the print driver with CUPS (Common
UNIX Printing System) on Red Hat
®
Enterprise Linux
®
4 WS/5 Client or SUSE
®
Linux Enterprise
Desktop 10/11.
Installing the Print Driver
Note:
❏ The print driver Epson-AcuLaser_CX29-x.x-y.noarch.rpm is included in the Linux folder in the
Common folder on the Software Disc.
❏ In the file name, “x.x” represents the version number and “y” represents the release number.
For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 WS/5 Client
Important:
Before you install the print driver on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4, confirm that Update 8 or higher is
applied to your operating system. Consult your Linux distributor for the upgrade of your system.
1. Double-click Epson-AcuLaser_CX29-x.x-y.noarch.rpm in the Software Disc.
2. Enter the administrator’s password.
3. Click Continue in the Completed System Preparation window.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 75
Installation starts. When the installation is complete, the window is automatically closed.
For SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 10
1. Double-click Epson-AcuLaser_CX29-x.x-y.noarch.rpm in the Software Disc.
2. Enter the administrator password, and click Install.
Installation starts. When the installation is complete, the window is automatically closed.
For SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11
1. Double-click Epson-AcuLaser_CX29-x.x-y.noarch.rpm in the Software Disc.
2. Enter the administrator password, and click Continue.
Installation starts. When the installation is complete, the window is automatically closed.
Setting Up the Queue
To execute printing, you must set up the print queue on your workstation.
Note:
When you have finished setting up the queue, you can print jobs from the applications. Start the print job
from the application, and specify the queue in the print dialog box.
However, you may be able to print only from the default queue depending on the application (for
example Mozilla). In these cases, before you start printing, set queue you want to print to as the default
queue. For information on specifying the default queue, see also “Setting the Default Queue” on
page 80.
For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 WS/5 Client
1. Open the URL “http://localhost:631” using a web browser.
2. Click Administration.
3. Enter root as the user name, and enter the administrator password.
4. Click Add Printer.
Enter the name of the printer in Name in the Add New Printer window, and click Continue.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 76
You can optionally specify the location and description of the printer for further information.
For network connections:
a
Select LPD/LPR Host or Printer from the Device menu, and click Continue.
b
Enter the IP address of the printer in Device URI.
c
Format: lpd://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx (the IP address of the printer)
For USB connections with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 WS:
a
Select USB Printer #1 from the Device menu.
For USB connections with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 Client:
a
Select Epson AcuLaser CX29 USB #1 or Epson AcuLaser CX29 from the Device menu.
5. Select Epson from the Make menu, and click Continue.
6. Select Epson AcuLaser CX29 from the Model menu, and click Continue.
The message Printer Epson AcuLaser CX29 has been added successfully. appears.
The setup is complete.
For SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 10
1. Select Computer — More Applications... and select YaST on the Application Browser.
2. Enter the administrator password.
YaST Control Center is activated.
3. Select Hardware on YaST Control Center, and select Printer.
4. Printer setup: Autodetected printers is activated.
For network connections:
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 77
a
Click Add.
b
Select Network Printers as Printer Type, and click Next.
c
Select the Print via LPD-Style Network Server as Printer Type, and click Next.
d
Enter the IP address of the printer in Host name of the printer server.
e
Enter the name of the printer queue in Name of the remote queue, and click Next.
f
Enter the printer name in Name for printing.
Note:
The Description of Printer and Location of Printer do not have to be specified.
g
Select the Do Local Filtering check box, and click Next.
h
Select Epson as Select manufacturer. Select Epson AcuLaser CX29 as Select Model, and
click Next.
i
Confirm the settings in Edit configuration, and click OK.
For USB connections:
a
Select Epson AcuLaser CX29 on USB (//Epson/AcuLaser CX29 or /dev/usblp*) as
Available are, and click Configure….
b
Confirm the settings in Edit configuration, and click OK.
5. Click Finish.
For SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11
1. Select Computer — More Applications..., and select YaST on the Application Browser.
2. Enter the administrator password.
YaST Control Center is activated.
3. Select Hardware on YaST Control Center, and select Printer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 78
The Printer Configurations dialog box opens.
For network connections:
a
Click Add.
The Add New Printer Configuration dialog box opens.
b
Click Connection Wizard.
The Connection Wizard dialog box opens.
c
Select Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol from Access Network Printer or
Printserver Box via.
d
Enter the IP address of the printer in IP Address or Host Name:.
e
Select Epson in Select the printer manufacturer:.
f
Click OK.
The Add New Printer Configuration dialog box appear.
g
Select Epson AcuLaser CX29 vx.x [Epson/AcuLaser_CX29.ppd.gz] from the Search for
Drivers: list.
Note:
You can specify the printer name in Set Name:.
h
Confirm the settings, and click OK.
For USB connections:
a
Click Add.
The Add New Printer Configuration dialog box opens.
The printer name is displayed in the Determine Connection list.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 79
b
Select Epson AcuLaser CX29 vx.x [Epson/AcuLaser_CX29.ppd.gz] from the Search for
Drivers: list.
Note:
You can specify the printer name in Set Name:.
Setting the Default Queue
For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 WS/5 Client
1. Select Applications — System Tools — Terminal.
2. Enter the following command in the terminal window.
su
(Enter the administrator password)
lpadmin -d (Enter the queue name)
For SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 10
1. To activate the Printer setup: Autodetected printers, do the following.
a
Select Computer — More Applications... and select YaST on the Application Browser.
b Enter the administrator password.
YaST Control Center is activated.
c
Select Hardware on YaST Control Center, and select Printer.
2. Select the printer you want to set to default on the Printer Configuration, and select Set default
in the Other button menu.
3. Click Finish.
For SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11
1. Select Computer — More Applications... and select YaST on the Application Browser.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 80
2. Enter the administrator password.
YaST Control Center is activated.
3. Select Hardware on YaST Control Center, and select Printer.
The Printer Configurations dialog box opens.
4. Click Edit.
A dialog box to modify the specified queue opens.
5. Confirm that the printer you want to set is selected in the Connection list.
6. Select the Default Printer check box.
7. Confirm the settings, and click OK.
Specifying the Printing Options
You can specify the printing options such as the color mode or 2-sided printing.
For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 WS/5 Client
1. Open the URL “http://localhost:631” using a web browser.
2. Click Manage Printers.
3. Click Configure Printer of the queue for which you want to specify the printing options.
4. Enter root as the user name, and enter the administrator password.
5. Specify the required settings, and click Continue.
The message Printer Epson AcuLaser CX29 has been configured successfully. appears.
The setting is complete.
For SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 10
1. Open a web browser.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 81
2. Enter http://localhost:631/admin in Location, and press the Enter key.
3. Enter root as the user name, and enter the administrator password.
The CUPS window appears.
Note:
Set the password for authority as the printer administrator before setting the printer queue. If you
have not set it, go to “Setting the Password for Authority as the Printer Administrator” on
page 83.
4. Click Manage Printers.
5. Specify the required settings, and click Continue.
The message Printer Epson AcuLaser CX29 has been configured successfully. appears.
The setting is complete. Execute printing from the application.
For SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11
1. Open a web browser.
2. Enter http://localhost:631/admin in Location, and press the Enter key.
3. Enter root as the user name, and enter the administrator password.
The CUPS window appears.
Note:
Set the password for authority as the printer administrator before setting the printer queue. If you
have not set it, go to “Setting the Password for Authority as the Printer Administrator” on
page 83.
4. Click Manage Printers.
5. Specify the required settings, and click Continue.
The message Printer Epson AcuLaser CX29 has been configured successfully. appears.
The setting is complete. Execute printing from the application.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 82
Setting the Password for Authority as the Printer Administrator
For SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 10 and 11, you must set the password for authority as the printer
administrator to do operations as the printer administrator.
For SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 10
1. Select Computer — More Applications... and select Konsole on the Application Browser.
2. Enter the following command in the terminal window.
su
(Enter the administrator password)
lppasswd -g sys -a root
(Enter the password for authority as the printer administrator after the Enter password prompt.)
(Reenter the password for authority as the printer administrator after the Enter password again prompt.)
For SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11
1. Select Computer — More Applications... and select GNOME Terminal on the Application
Browser.
2. Enter the following command in the terminal window.
su
(Enter the administrator password)
lppasswd -g sys -a root
(Enter the password for authority as the printer administrator after the Enter password prompt.)
(Reenter the password for authority as the printer administrator after the Enter password again prompt.)
Uninstalling the Print Driver
For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 WS/5 Client
1. Select Applications — System Tools — Terminal.
2. Enter the following command in the terminal window to delete the print queue.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 83
su
(Enter the administrator password)
/usr/sbin/lpadmin -x (Enter the print queue name)
3. Repeat the command above for all queues for the same model.
4. Enter the following command in the terminal window.
su
(Enter the administrator password)
rpm -e Epson-AcuLaser_CX29
The print driver is uninstalled.
For SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 10
1. Select Computer — More Applications... and select Konsole on the Application Browser.
2. Enter the following command in the terminal window to delete the print queue.
su
(Enter the administrator password)
/usr/sbin/lpadmin -x (Enter the print queue name)
3. Repeat the command above for all queues for the same model.
4. Enter the following command in the terminal window.
su
(Enter the administrator password)
rpm -e Epson-AcuLaser_CX29
The print driver is uninstalled.
For SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11
1. Select Computer — More Applications... and select GNOME Terminal on the Application
Browser.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 84
2. Enter the following command in the terminal window to delete the print queue.
su
(Enter the administrator password)
/usr/sbin/lpadmin -x (Enter the print queue name)
3. Repeat the command above for all queues for the same model.
4. Enter the following command in the terminal window.
su
(Enter the administrator password)
rpm -e Epson-AcuLaser_CX29
The print driver is uninstalled.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Network Basics 85
Chapter 5
Printing Basics
About Print Media
Using paper that is not appropriate for the printer can cause paper jams, image quality problems, or
printer failure. To achieve the best performance from your printer, we recommend you to use only the
paper described in this section.
When using paper other than that recommended, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Print Media Usage Guidelines
The printer tray accommodates most sizes and types of paper and other specialty media. Follow these
guidelines when loading paper and media in the tray:
❏ Envelopes can be printed from the single sheet feeder (SSF) and standard 250-sheet tray.
❏ Fan paper or other specialty media before loading in the paper tray.
❏ Do not print on label stock once a label has been removed from a sheet.
❏ Use only paper envelopes. Do not use envelopes with windows, metal clasps, or adhesives with
release strips.
❏ Print all envelopes single-sided only.
❏ Some wrinkling and embossing may occur when printing envelopes.
❏ Do not overload the paper tray. Do not load print media above the fill line on the inside of the paper
width guides.
❏ Adjust the paper width guides to fit the paper size.
❏ If excessive jams or wrinkles occur, use paper or other media from a new package.
w
Warning:
Do not use conductive paper such as origami paper, carbonic paper or conductively-coated paper.
When paper jam occurs, it may cause short-circuit and eventually a fire accident.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 86
See Also:
❏ “Loading Print Media in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and the Optional 250-Sheet Paper Cassette
Unit” on page 92
❏ “Loading Envelope in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray” on page 94
❏ “Loading Print Media in the Single Sheet Feeder (SSF)” on page 97
❏ “Loading Envelope in the Single Sheet Feeder (SSF)” on page 98
❏ “Printing on Custom Size Paper” on page 117
Print Media That Can Damage Your Printer
The following paper types are not recommended for use with the printer:
❏ Chemically treated paper used to make copies without carbon paper, also known as carbonless
paper, carbonless copy paper (CCP), or no carbon required (NCR) paper.
❏ Preprinted paper with chemicals that may contaminate the printer.
❏ Preprinted paper that can be affected by the temperature in the fuser unit.
❏ Preprinted paper that requires a registration (the precise print location on the page) greater than
±0.09 inches, such as optical character recognition (OCR) forms.
In some cases, you can adjust registration with your software program to successfully print on
these forms.
❏ Coated paper (erasable bond), synthetic paper, and thermal paper.
❏ Rough-edged, rough or heavily textured surface paper, or curled paper.
❏ Recycled paper containing more than 25% post-consumer waste that does not meet DIN 19 309.
❏ Multiple-part forms or documents.
❏ Print quality may deteriorate (blank spaces or blotches may appear in the text) when you print on
talc or acid paper.
w
Warning:
Do not use conductive paper such as origami paper, carbonic paper or conductively-coated paper.
When paper jam occurs, it may cause short-circuit and eventually a fire accident.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 87
Supported Print Media
Using unsuitable print media may lead to paper jams, poor print quality, breakdown and damage to
your printer. To use the features of this printer effectively, use the suggested print media that is
recommended here.
Important:
The toner may come off the print media, if it gets wet by water, rain, steam and so on. For details, contact
the Epson local representative office or an authorised dealer.
Print Media Dimensions
The maximum dimensions of print media that the standard 250-sheet tray and SSF can handle are:
❏ Width: 76.2 mm (3.00 inches) to 215.9 mm (8.5 inches)
❏ Length: 127 mm (5.00 inches) to 355.6 mm (14.00 inches)
The maximum dimensions of print media that the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit can handle
are:
❏ Width: 148 mm (5.83 inches) to 215.9 mm (8.5 inches)
❏ Length: 210 mm (8.27 inches) to 355.6 mm (14.00 inches)
Usable Print Media
The types of print media that can be used on this printer are as follows:
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 88
Single Sheet Feeder (SSF)
Paper Size
A4 SEF (210 × 297 mm)
A5 SEF (148 × 210 mm)
B5 SEF (182 × 257 mm)
Letter SEF (8.5 × 11 inches)
Folio SEF (8.5 × 13 inches)
Legal SEF (8.5 × 14 inches)
Executive SEF (7.25 × 10.5 inches)
Com-10 SEF (4.125 × 9.5 inches)
Monarch Envelope SEF (3.875 × 7.5 inches)
DL Envelope SEF (110 × 220 mm)
C5 Envelope SEF (162 × 229 mm)
Custom Size:
Width: 76.2–215.9 mm (3–8.5 inches)
Length: 127–355.6 mm (5 –14 inches)
Paper Type (Weight)
Plain
Lightweight Cardstock
Heavyweight Cardstock
Envelope
Letterhead
Lightweight Glossy Cardstock
Heavyweight Glossy Cardstock
Hole Punched
Colored
Special
Loading Capacity
1 sheet of standard paper
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 89
Standard 250-Sheet Tray
Paper Size
A4 SEF (210 × 297 mm)
A5 SEF (148 × 210 mm)
B5 SEF (182 × 257 mm)
Letter SEF (8.5 × 11 inches)
Folio SEF (8.5 × 13 inches)
Legal SEF (8.5 × 14 inches)
Executive SEF (7.25 × 10.5 inches)
Com-10 SEF (4.125 × 9.5 inches)
Monarch Envelope SEF (3.875 × 7.5 inches)
Monarch Envelope LEF (7.5 × 3.8 inches)
DL Envelope SEF (110 × 220 mm)
DL Envelope LEF (220 × 110 mm)
C5 Envelope SEF (162 × 229 mm)
Custom Size:
Width: 76.2–215.9 mm (3–8.5 inches)
*1
Length: 127–355.6 mm (5 –14 inches)
*2
Paper Type (Weight)
Plain
Lightweight Cardstock
Heavyweight Cardstock
Envelope
Labels
Letterhead
Hole Punched
Colored
Special
Loading Capacity
250 sheets of standard paper
*1
Maximum width 220 mm for envelope (DL LEF)
DL and Monarch can be supported by LEF with flap opened.
*2
Minimum length 98.4 mm for envelope (Monarch LEF)
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 90
Optional 250-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit
Paper Size
A4 SEF (210 × 297 mm)
A5 SEF (148 × 210 mm)
B5 SEF (182 × 257 mm)
Letter SEF (8.5 × 11 inches)
Folio SEF (8.5 × 13 inches)
Legal SEF (8.5 × 14 inches)
Executive SEF (7.25 × 10.5 inches)
Paper Type (Weight)
Plain
Letterhead
Hole Punched
Colored
Loading Capacity
250 sheets of standard paper
Note:
SEF and LEF indicate the paper feed direction; SEF stands for short-edge feed. LEF stands for long-edge
feed.
See Also:
❏ “Loading Print Media in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and the Optional 250-Sheet Paper Cassette
Unit” on page 92
❏ “Loading Envelope in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray” on page 94
❏ “Loading Letterhead in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and the Optional 250-Sheet Paper Cassette
Unit” on page 96
❏ “Loading Print Media in the Single Sheet Feeder (SSF)” on page 97
❏ “Loading Envelope in the Single Sheet Feeder (SSF)” on page 98
Printing on print media that differs from the paper size or paper type selected on the print driver, or
loading print media into an unsuitable paper tray for printing, may lead to paper jams. To ensure that
printing is correctly done, select the correct paper size, paper type, and paper tray.
Loading Print Media
Loading print media properly helps prevent jams and ensures trouble-free printing.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 91
Before loading any print media, identify the recommended print side of the print media. This
information is usually indicated on the print media package.
Capacity
The standard 250-sheet tray and optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit can hold:
❏ 250 sheets of the standard paper.
The SSF can hold:
❏ 1 sheet of the standard paper.
Loading Print Media in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and the Optional
250-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit
Note:
❏ To avoid paper jams, do not remove the tray while printing is in progress.
❏ Use only laser print media. Do not use ink jet paper in your printer.
1. Pull the tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the tray with both hands, and remove it from
the printer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 92
2. Adjust the paper guides.
Note:
Extend the rear side of the tray when you load Legal size paper.
3. Before loading the print media, flex the sheets and fan them. Straighten the edges of the stack on a
level surface.
4. Load the print media into the tray with the recommended print side facing up.
Note:
❏ Do not exceed the maximum fill line in the tray. Overfilling the tray may cause paper jams.
❏ When loading coated paper, load coated paper one sheet at a time.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 93
5. Align the width guides against the edges of the paper.
Note:
When loading user-specified print media, adjust the width guides and slide the extendable part of the
tray by pinching the length guide and sliding it until it rests lightly against the edge of the paper.
6. After confirming that the guides are securely adjusted, insert the tray into the printer.
7. On the operator panel, select the desired paper size, and then press the button.
8. Select the desired paper type, and then press the
button.
Loading Envelope in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray
Use the following guidelines when loading envelopes in the standard 250-sheet tray:
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 94
Note:
If you do not load envelopes in the standard 250-sheet tray right after they have been removed from the
packaging, they may bulge. To avoid jams, flatten them as shown below before loading the envelopes in
the tray.
Com-10
Load the envelopes short edge feed with the flaps closed and the print side up. Ensure that the flaps
come at the right when you face towards the printer.
Monarch or DL
The Monarch or DL envelopes can be loaded in one of the following ways:
Load the envelopes short edge feed with the flaps closed and the print side up. Ensure that the flaps
come at the right when you face towards the printer.
OR
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 95
Load the envelopes long edge feed with the flaps open and the print side up. Ensure that the flaps come
at the top when you face towards the printer.
C5
Load the envelopes short edge feed with the flaps closed and the print side up. Ensure that the flaps
come at the bottom when you face towards the printer.
Loading Letterhead in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and the Optional 250-Sheet Paper
Cassette Unit
When you use the standard 250-sheet tray and optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit, letterhead and
hole punched paper enter the printer with the print side facing up.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 96
Loading Print Media in the Single Sheet Feeder (SSF)
1. Adjust the width guides to the print media’s width.
2. Hold both sides of the print media face down close to the SSF, and push it 8 cm to 9 cm (4 inches)
into the printer until it automatically feeds.
Note:
❏ Do not force the print media into the SSF.
❏ Load letterhead face down, with the top of the sheet entering the printer first.
❏ If you experience problems with paper feed, turn the paper around.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 97
Loading Envelope in the Single Sheet Feeder (SSF)
Com-10, Monarch, or DL
To load an envelope into the SSF, insert the envelope short edge feed with the flap closed and the print
side down. Ensure that the flap comes at the right when you face towards the printer.
Important:
Never use envelopes with windows, coated linings, or self-stick adhesives. These lead to paper jams and
can cause damage to the printer.
Note:
❏ Ensure that you load an envelope with the flap completely closed.
❏ Insert an envelope with the flap side face up and with the stamp area on the top right side.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 98
C5
To load an envelope into the SSF, insert the envelope short edge feed with the flap open and the print
side down. Ensure that the flap comes at the bottom when you face towards the printer.
OR
Important:
Never use envelopes with windows, coated linings, or self-stick adhesives. These lead to paper jams and
can cause damage to the printer.
Note:
❏ Ensure that you load an envelope with the flap completely opened.
❏ Insert an envelope with the flap side face up and with the stamp area on the bottom right side.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 99
Loading Letterhead in the Single Sheet Feeder (SSF)
When you use the SSF letterhead enters the printer first with the print side facing down.
Using the Single Sheet Feeder (SSF)
❏ Load only one size and type of print media during a single print job.
❏ To achieve the best possible print quality, use only high-quality print media that is designed for use
in laser printer. For more guidelines on print media, see “Print Media Usage Guidelines” on
page 86.
❏ Do not add or remove print media when the printer is printing from the SSF. This may result in a
paper jam.
❏ Print media should be loaded with the recommended print side down and the top of the print
media going into the SSF first.
❏ Do not place objects on the SSF. Also, avoid pressing down or applying excessive force on it.
❏ The icons on the SSF show how to load the SSF with paper, and how to turn an envelope for
printing.
Setting Paper Sizes and Types
When loading print media in the standard 250-sheet tray and optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit,
set the paper size and type on the operator panel before printing.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 100
Note:
When loading print media in the SSF, use the print driver to set the paper size and type. For more
information, refer to the online help of the driver.
This section describes how to set the paper size and type on the operator panel.
See Also:
“Understanding the Printer Menus” on page 227
Setting Paper Sizes
1. On the operator panel, press the System button.
2. Select Tray Settings, and then press the
button.
3. Select Tray 1 or Tray 2, and then press the
button.
4. Select Paper Size, and then press the
button.
5. Select the correct paper size for the print media loaded, and then press the
button.
Setting Paper Types
Important:
Paper type settings must match those of the actual print media loaded in the tray or the cassette unit.
Otherwise, print-quality problems can occur.
1. On the operator panel, press the System button.
2. Select Tray Settings, and then press the
button.
3. Select Tray 1 or Tray 2, and then press the
button.
4. Select Paper Type, and then press the
button.
5. Select the correct paper type for the print media loaded, and then press the
button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 101
Printing
This section covers how to print certain lists of information from your printer and how to cancel a
job.
Sending a Job to Print
To support all of the printer features, use the print driver. When you choose Print from a software
program, a window representing the print driver opens. Select the appropriate settings for the specific
job that you are sending to print. Print settings selected from the driver override the default menu
settings selected from the operator panel.
You may need to click Preferences from the initial Print box to see all of the available system settings
you can change. If you are not familiar with a feature in the print driver window, open the online Help
for more information.
To print a job from a typical Microsoft
®
Windows
®
application:
1. Open the file you want to print.
2. From the File menu, select Print.
3. Verify that the correct printer is selected in the dialog box. Modify the system settings as
appropriate (such as the pages you want to print or the number of copies).
4. Click Preferences to adjust system settings that are not available from the first screen, and then
click OK.
5. Click OK or Print to send the job to the selected printer.
Canceling a Print Job
There are several methods for canceling a job.
Canceling a Job From the Operator Panel
To cancel a job after it has started printing:
1. Press the Stop button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 102
2. From Active Jobs, select Print, and then press the Stop button.
Printing is canceled only for the current job. All the following jobs will continue to print.
Canceling a Job From the Computer Running Windows
Canceling a Job From the Taskbar
When you send a job to print, a small printer icon appears in the bottom right corner of the taskbar.
1. Double-click the printer icon.
A list of print jobs appears in the printer window.
2. Select the job you want to cancel.
3. Press Delete key on the keyboard.
Canceling a Job From the Desktop
1. Click start — Printers and Faxes (for Windows XP).
Click Start — Printers and Faxes (for Windows Server 2003).
Click Start — Devices and Printers (for Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2).
Click Start — Control Panel — Hardware and Sound — Printers (for Windows Vista).
Click Start — Control Panel — Printers (for Windows Server 2008).
2. Double-click the printer that you selected when you sent the job for print.
A list of print jobs appears in the printer window.
3. Select the job you want to cancel.
4. Press Delete key on the keyboard.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 103
Using the Stored Print Function
When you send a job to the printer, you can specify in the driver that you want the printer to store the
job in the memory. When you are ready to print the job, go to the printer and use the operator panel
menus to identify which job in the memory you want to print.
The stored print function includes the following job types:
❏ “Secure Print” on page 104
❏ “Sample Print” on page 104
Note:
❏ Stored Print function is available when:
❏ The additional memory module is installed.
❏ The RAM disk is enabled in the operator panel menu.
❏ RAM Disk is set to Available in the print driver.
❏ The data in memory is cleared when the printer is turned off.
Secure Print
You can store print jobs temporarily in printer memory and print them later from the operator panel.
This feature can be used to print confidential documents. A stored print job will be deleted after you
print it or at a designated time.
Note:
❏ Secure Print is available when you use the PCL driver.
❏ Secure Print requires specifying a password for confidentiality.
Sample Print
When you specify multiple copies for a collated job, this feature allows you to print only the first set for
checking, before proceeding to print the remaining copies at the printer. You can select whether the
remaining data is printed or deleted.
Note:
❏ If a print job is too large for the memory available, the print may display error messages.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 104
❏ If a document name is not assigned to your print job in the print driver, the job’s name will be
identified using the printer’s time and date of submission to distinguish it from other jobs you have
stored under your name.
❏ Sample Print is available when you use the PCL driver.
Storing Print Jobs
In the print driver, you can specify a setting that enables you to store print jobs in temporary memory.
For example, select a job type other than Normal Print or Fax in the Paper / Output tab of the PCL 6
driver. The job will be stored in temporary memory until you request to print it from the operator
panel or turn off the printer.
Printing the Stored Jobs
Once jobs are stored, you can use the operator panel to specify printing. Select the job type you are
using from Secure Print and Sample Print. Then, select your user ID from a list. Secure Print requires
the password you specified in the driver when you sent the job.
To print the stored documents, use the procedure below.
1. Press the Print button.
2. Select Secure Print or Sample Print, and then press the
button.
3. Select your user ID, and then press the
button.
4. Select the document you want to print, and then press the
button.
5. Select the desired job type, and then press the
button.
6. Select Use PC Settings or Input Number of Copies, and then press the
button.
Note:
When you select Input Number of Copies, you can specify the number of copies to be printed
before pressing the
button.
The stored document will be printed.
Specifying Your Password on the Operator Panel (Secure Print)
When you select your user ID for Secure Print, the following prompt appears:
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 105
[_ ]
Use the buttons on the operator panel to enter the numeric password you specified in the print driver.
The password you entered will be displayed as asterisks (*******) to ensure confidentiality.
If you enter an invalid password, the message “Wrong password Re-enter” appears. Wait three
seconds, or press the
button to return to the screen for user selection.
When you enter a valid password, you have access to all print jobs matching the user name and
password you entered. The print jobs matching the password you entered appear on the screen. You
can then choose to print or to delete jobs matching the password you entered. (See “Printing the Stored
Jobs” on page 105 for more information.)
Deleting Stored Jobs
With Secure Print, a job that has been stored will be deleted after printing if entered on the operator
panel or at turning off the printer.
For Sample Print, these jobs remain stored until you delete them on the operator panel or turn off the
printer.
Direct Print Using the USB Storage Device
The Print from USB Memory feature allows you to print files stored in a USB storage device by
operating from the operator panel.
Important:
❏ To prevent damage to your printer, DO NOT connect any device other than USB storage device to the
USB port of the printer.
❏ DO NOT remove the USB storage device from the USB port until the printer has finished printing.
The USB port of the printer is designed for USB 2.0 devices. You must use only an authorised USB
storage device with an A plug type connector. Use only a metal shielded USB storage device.
* A plug type
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 106
To print a file in a USB storage device:
1. Insert a USB storage device to the USB port of the printer.
2. Select Print from USB Memory, and then press the
button.
3. Select the desired file, and then press the
button.
Note:
Only the following characters are displayed on the operator panel:
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 $ % ’ ‘ - @ {} ~ ! # ( ) & _
^
4. Select printing options as required.
Note:
You can print files scanned and stored using the Scan to USB Memory feature. Files saved without
using the feature such as files created by user may not be printed properly.
Supported File Formats
Files in the following file formats can be printed directly from a USB storage device.
❏ PDF
❏ TIFF
❏ JPEG
Printing PDF Files Using the lpr Command
You can print PDF files using the lpr command.
Note:
To print PDF files using the lpr command, you must enable the printer’s LPD port using the EpsonNet
Config (default: Enable).
Supported PDF Files
PDF files created on the following versions of Adobe Acrobat can be printed using lpr command.
❏ Adobe Acrobat 5.X
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 107
❏ Adobe Acrobat 6.X (excluding some of the features added to PDF1.5)
❏ Adobe Acrobat 7.X (excluding some of the features added to PDF1.6)
Note:
Some PDF files cannot be printed depending on how they are created. In such case, open the files and
print them using a print driver.
Using the lpr command
In the command prompt, enter the lpr command as described in the following example:
Example: Printing “event.pdf” when the printer’s IP address is 192.168.1.100.
C:\> lpr -S 192.168.1.100 -P lp event.pdf
Duplex Printing
Automatic Duplex Printing
Automatic duplex printing (or 2-sided printing) allows you to print on both sides of a sheet of paper.
A4, Letter, Folio, and Legal paper sizes are acceptable.
The following procedure uses the PCL 6 driver as an example.
1. Click start — Printers and Faxes (for Windows XP).
Click Start — Printers and Faxes (for Windows Server 2003).
Click Start — Devices and Printers (for Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2).
Click Start — Control Panel — Hardware and Sound — Printers (for Windows Vista).
Click Start — Control Panel — Printers (for Windows Server 2008).
A list of available printers appears.
2. Right-click the printer and select Printing Preferences.
The Paper / Output tab appears.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 108
3. From Paper Tray, select Tray1, Tray2, or Auto Paper Select.
4. From 2 Sided Print, select 2 Sided Print or 2 Sided, Flip on Short Edge.
Note:
For details on the 2 Sided Print and 2 Sided, Flip on Short Edge options, see “Using Booklet Print”
on page 109.
5. Click OK.
Using Booklet Print
To use the Booklet Print feature, select Booklet Creation in the Booklet / Poster / Mixed
Document / Rotation dialog box displayed by clicking the Booklet / Poster / Mixed Document /
Rotation button in the Layout tab of the printer printing preferences dialog box. 2 Sided Print
binding position is selected by default. If you want to change the position, select 2 Sided, Flip on
Short Edge from the 2 Sided Print menu in the Paper / Output tab of the printer printing
preferences dialog box.
Note:
To use the booklet printing, select Tray1, Tray2, or Auto Paper Select for Paper Tray in the Paper /
Output tab. Do not select Manual Feeder.
2 Sided Print
Assumes binding along the long edge of the page (left edge for portrait orientation and top edge
for landscape orientation). The following illustration shows long-edge binding for portrait and
landscape pages:
Portrait
Landscape
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 109
2 Sided, Flip on
Short Edge
Assumes binding along the short edge of the page (top edge for portrait orientation and left edge
for landscape orientation). The following illustration shows short-edge binding for portrait and
landscape pages:
Portrait
Landscape
Selecting Printing Options
Selecting Printing Preferences (Windows)
Printer preferences control all of your print jobs, unless you override them specifically for a job. For
example, if you want to use duplex printing for most jobs, set this option in printer settings.
The following procedure uses the PCL 6 driver as an example.
To select printer preferences:
1. Click start — Printers and Faxes (for Windows XP).
Click Start — Printers and Faxes (for Windows Server 2003).
Click Start — Devices and Printers (for Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2).
Click Start — Control Panel — Hardware and Sound — Printers (for Windows Vista).
Click Start — Control Panel — Printers (for Windows Server 2008).
A list of available printers appears.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 110
2. Right-click the icon for your printer, and then select Printing Preferences.
3. Select the Advanced Settings tab, and then click Defaults.
4. Make selections on the driver tabs, and then click OK to save your selections.
Note:
For more information about Windows print driver options, click Help on the print driver tab to view the
online help.
Selecting Options for an Individual Job (Windows)
If you want to use special printing options for a particular job, change the driver settings before
sending the job to the printer. For example, if you want to use Photo print-quality mode for a
particular graphic, select this setting in the driver before printing that job.
The following procedure uses the PCL 6 driver as an example.
1. With the desired document or graphic open in your application, access the Print dialog box.
2. Select the printer and click Preferences to open the print driver.
3. Make selections on the driver tabs. See the following table for specific printing options.
Note:
In Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, Windows Server 2008, Windows Vista, Windows Server
2008 R2, and Windows 7, you can save current printing options with a distinctive name and apply
them to other print jobs. Select either the Paper / Output, Image Options, Layout, Watermarks /
Forms, or Advanced Settings tab, and then click Save on the Paper / Output tab. Click Help for
more information.
4. Click OK to save your selections.
5. Print the job.
See the following table for specific printing options:
The table shown below uses the PCL 6 driver as an example.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 111
Printing Options for Windows
Operating System Driver Tab Printing Options
Windows XP, Windows XP x
64bit, Windows Server 2003,
Windows Server 2003 x
64bit, Windows Vista,
Windows Vista x 64bit,
Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2008 x
64bit, Windows Server 2008
R2, Windows 7, or Windows 7
x 64bit
Paper / Output tab
❏ Job Type
❏ Saved Settings
❏ 2 Sided Print
❏ Output Color
❏ Quantity
❏ Paper Summary
❏ Paper Size
❏ Paper Tray
❏ Paper Type
❏ Manual Feeder Feed Orientation
❏ Covers / Separators
❏ Envelope/Paper Setup Wizard
❏ Printer Status
❏ Defaults
Image Options tab
❏ Output Color
❏ Image Quality
❏ Output Recognition
❏ Image Adjustment Mode
❏ Image Types
❏ Image Auto Correction
❏ Image Settings
❏ Color Balance
❏ Profile Settings
❏ Defaults
Layout tab
❏ Image Orientation
❏ Multiple-Up
❏ Booklet / Poster / Mixed Document / Rotation
❏ Fit to New Paper Size
❏ Specify Zoom
❏ Image Shift / Print Position
❏ Defaults
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 112
Operating System Driver Tab Printing Options
Windows XP, Windows
Server 2003, Windows Vista,
Windows Server 2008, or
Windows 7
Watermarks / Forms tab
❏ Watermarks
❏ New Watermark
❏ New Watermark (Bitmap)
❏ Edit Watermark
❏ Delete Watermark
❏ Apply to First Page Only
❏ Forms
❏ No Forms
❏ Create / Register Forms
❏ Image Overlay
❏ Annotation
❏ Defaults
Windows XP, Windows XP x
64bit, Windows Server 2003,
Windows Server 2003 x
64bit, Windows Vista,
Windows Vista x 64bit,
Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2008 x
64bit, Windows Server 2008
R2, Windows 7, or Windows 7
x 64bit
Advanced Settings tab
❏ Skip Blank Pages
❏ Draft Mode
❏ Banner Sheet
❏ Substitute Tray
❏ Other Settings (Graphics Settings)
❏ Items
❏ Settings for
❏ Paper Tray Selection Method
❏ Specify Font
❏ About
❏ Defaults
Selecting Options for an Individual Job (Mac OS X)
To select print settings for a particular job, change the driver settings before sending the job to the
printer.
1. With the document open in your application, click File, and then click Print.
2. Select the desired printing options from the menus and drop-down lists that are displayed.
Note:
In Mac OS
®
X, click Save as on the Presets menu screen to save the current printer settings. You can
create multiple presets and save each with its own distinctive name and printer settings. To print jobs
using specific printer settings, click the applicable saved preset in the Presets list.
3. Click Print to print the job.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 113
Mac OS X Print Driver Printing Options:
The table shown below uses Mac OS X 10.6 TextEdit as an example.
Printing options for Mac OS X
Item Printing Options
❏ Copies
❏ Collated
❏ Pages
❏ Paper Size
❏ Orientation
Layout ❏ Pages per Sheet
❏ Layout Direction
❏ Border
❏ Two-Sided
Color Matching ❏ ColorSync
❏ Profile
Paper Handling ❏ Pages to Print
❏ Page Order
❏ Destination Paper Size
Paper Feed ❏ All pages From
❏ First Pages From
❏ Remaining From
Cover Page ❏ Print Cover Page
❏ Cover Page Type
❏ Billing Info
Scheduler ❏ Print Document
❏ Priority
Job Accounting ❏ Account Mode
❏ User Details Setup
Job Type ❏ Job Type
❏ Setup
❏ Defaults
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 114
Item Printing Options
Image Options ❏ Output Color
❏ Image Quality
❏ Brightness
❏ Basic Features/Advanced Features
❏ Image Type
❏ Image Adjustment
❏ Screen
❏ Color Balance
❏ Defaults
Printer Features ❏ Feature Sets
❏ Gray Guaranteed
❏ Feed Orientation
❏ Paper Type
❏ Substitute Tray
❏ Custom Paper Auto Orientation
❏ Image Enhancement
❏ Draft Mode
❏ Skip Blank Pages
❏ Halftone Screen Lock
❏ High speed for monochrome documents
❏ Trapping
❏ Letterhead Duplex Mode
Summary
Printing Custom Size Paper
This section explains how to print on custom size paper using the print driver.
Custom size paper can be loaded in the SSF and standard 250-sheet tray. The way to load custom size
paper in the SSF is the same as the one to load standard size paper. The way to load custom size paper in
the standard 250-sheet tray is the same as the one to load standard size paper.
Note:
Custom size paper cannot be loaded in the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit.
See Also:
❏ “Loading Print Media in the Single Sheet Feeder (SSF)” on page 97
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 115
❏ “Loading Print Media in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and the Optional 250-Sheet Paper Cassette
Unit” on page 92
❏ “Setting Paper Sizes and Types” on page 100
Defining Custom Paper Sizes
Before printing, set the custom size on the print driver.
Note:
When setting the paper size on the print driver and the operator panel, be sure to specify the same size as
the actual print media used. Setting the wrong size for printing can cause printer failure. This is especially
true if you configure a bigger size when using a narrow width paper.
Using the Windows Print Driver
On the Windows print driver, set the custom size in the Custom Paper Size dialog box. This section
explains the procedure using Windows XP and the PCL 6 driver as an example.
For Windows XP or later, an administrator’s password only allows users with administrator rights to
change the settings. Users without the rights of administrator can only view the contents.
1. Click start — Printers and Faxes.
2. Right-click the printer, and then select Properties.
3. Select the Configuration tab.
4. Click Custom Paper Size.
5. Select the custom setup you want to define from Details.
6. Specify the length of the short edge and long edge under Settings for. You can specify the values
either by entering them directly or using the Up Arrow and Down Arrow buttons. The length of
the short edge cannot be longer than the long edge, even if it is within the specified range. The
length of the long edge cannot be shorter than the short edge, even if it is within the specified
range.
7. To assign a paper name, select the Name Paper Size check box, and then enter the name in Paper
Name. Up to 14 characters can be used for the paper name.
8. If necessary, repeat steps 5 to 7 to define another custom size.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 116
9. Click OK twice.
Printing on Custom Size Paper
Use the following procedures to print using either the Windows or Mac OS X print drivers.
Using the Windows Print Driver
To print on custom size paper using the PCL 6 driver as an example:
Note:
The way to display the printer Properties dialog box differs according to the application software. Refer
to the manual of each application software.
1. From the File menu, select Print.
2. Select the printer as the printer to be used and click Preferences.
3. Select the Paper / Output tab.
4. Select the size of the original document from Paper Size.
5. Select the appropriate paper type from Paper Type.
6. Click the Layout tab.
7. From Fit to New Paper Size, select Same as Paper Size.
8. Click OK.
9. Click Print in the Printer dialog box to start printing.
Using the Mac OS X Print Driver
This section explains the procedure using Mac OS X 10.6 TextEdit as an example.
1. From the File menu, select Page Setup.
2. Select the printer as the printer to be used from Format For.
3. From Paper Size, select Manage Custom Sizes.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 117
4. In the Custom Page Sizes window, click +.
A newly created setting “Untitled” is displayed in the list.
5. Double-click “Untitled” and enter the name for the setting.
6. Enter the size of the original document in the Width and Height boxes of Paper Size.
7. Specify Non-Printable Area if necessary.
8. Click OK.
9. From the File menu, select Print.
10. Click Print in the Print dialog box to start printing.
Auditron
Auditron contains an authentication function that can set limit s on what processes can be used, as well
as an account management that can be used to control usage based on authentication.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 118
The following table shows how the printer works with Auditron.
Registered user A Can print up to 10,000 pages in black
and white
Registered user B
Can print up to 10,000 pages in color
or black and white
System administrator C
Reference account report for each
registered user
Normal user D
Print account report
Cannot print if not a registered user,
or if the printed pages exceeds the
limit
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 119
Checking Status of Print Data
Checking Status (Windows Only)
Printer information and status are displayed on the Status Monitor window. Double-click the Status
Monitor printer icon on the taskbar at the bottom right of the screen. From the displayed window,
check the column Status.
You can change the display contents with the button on the left of the Status Monitor window.
Status Settings button: Displays the Status Settings dialog box and allows you to check the printer
name, printer connection port, and printer status.
For more information about Status Monitor, see Help: The following procedure uses Windows XP as
an example:
1. Click start — All Programs.
2. Select EPSON.
3. Select Status Monitor.
4. Select Status Monitor Help.
See Also:
“Status Monitor (Windows Only)” on page 53
Checking Status in EpsonNet Config (Windows & Mac OS X)
You can check the status of the print job sent to the printer at the Status tab of EpsonNet Config.
See Also:
“Printer Management Software” on page 52
Printing a Report Page
You can print a variety of settings for your printer including system settings, panel settings, job
history, error history, printer meter, font list, macro list, stored document list, protocol monitor, fax
address book, email address book, server address, fax activity, and fax pending. This section describes
how to print a report page.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 120
Printing a System Settings Page
To verify detailed printer settings, print a system settings page. A printed system settings page also
allows you to verify whether or not options have been installed properly.
See Also:
“Understanding the Printer Menus” on page 227
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Report/List, and then press the
button.
3. Select System Settings, and then press the
button.
The system settings page is printed.
If any message appears when you print this page, see the online Help for more information.
Printer Settings
Using the Operator Panel to Change the Printer Settings
You can select menu items and corresponding values from the operator panel.
When you first browse through the menus from the operator panel, you see some menu items are
highlighted.
These highlighted items are the factory default and original system settings.
Note:
Factory defaults may vary for different regions.
When you select a new setting from the operator panel, the item selected is highlighted to identify it as
the current user default menu setting.
These settings are active until new ones are selected or the factory defaults are restored.
To select a new value as a setting:
1. Press the System button.
2. Select the desired menu, and then press the
button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 121
3. Select the desired menu or menu item, and then press the button.
❏ If the selection is a menu, the menu is opened and the first system setting in the menu appears.
❏ If the selection is a menu item, the default menu setting for the menu item appears. (The
current user default menu setting is highlighted.)
Each menu item has a list of values for the menu item. A value can be:
❏ A phrase or word to describe a setting
❏ A numerical value that can be changed
❏ An On or Off setting
4. Select the desired value, and then press the
button.
Note:
Some menu items require you to use the numeric key pad to enter the value.
5. Press the
(Back) or button to return to the previous menu.
To continue setting other items, select the desired menu. To quit setting new values, press the
(Back) button.
Driver settings may override changes previously made and may require you to change the operator
panel defaults.
Using the Operator Panel to Adjust the Language
To display a different language on the operator panel:
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Panel Language, and then press the button.
3. Select the desired language, and then press the
button.
Printing With Web Services on Devices (WSD)
This section provides information for network printing with WSD, the new Microsoft protocol for
Microsoft Windows Vista, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 R2, and Windows 7.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 122
Adding Roles of Print Services
When you use Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 R2, you need to add the roles of print
services to the Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 R2 client.
For Windows Server 2008:
1. Click Start — Administrative Tools — Server Manager.
2. Select Add Roles from the Action menu.
3. Select the Print Services check box on the Server Roles window in the Add Roles Wizard, and
then click Next.
4. Click Next.
5. Select the Print Server check box, and then click Next.
6. Click Install.
For Windows Server 2008 R2:
1. Click Start — Administrative Tools — Server Manager.
2. Select Add Roles from the Action menu.
3. Select the Print and Document Services check box on the Server Roles window in the Add
Roles Wizard, and then click Next.
4. Click Next.
5. Select the Print Server check box, and then click Next.
6. Click Install.
Printer Setup
You can install your new printer on the network using the Software Disc that shipped with your
printer, or using Microsoft Windows’ Add Printer wizard. The following procedure uses the PCL 6
driver as an example.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 123
Installing a Print Driver Using the Add Printer Wizard
1. Click Start — Control Panel — Hardware and Sound — Printers (Start — Devices and
Printers for Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7).
2. Click Add a printer to launch the Add Printer wizard.
3. Select Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer.
4. In the list of available printers, select the one you want to use, and then click Next.
Note:
❏ In the list of available printers, the WSD printer is displayed in the form of http://IP address/
ws/.
❏ If no WSD printer is displayed in the list, enter the printer’s IP address manually to create a WSD
printer. To enter the printer’s IP address manually, follow the instructions below.
For Windows Server 2008 R2, to create a WSD printer, you must be a member of Administrators
group.
1. Click The printer that I want isn’t listed.
2. Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or hostname and click Next.
3. Select Web Services Device from Device type.
4. Enter the printer’s IP address in Hostname or IP address and click Next.
❏ Before installing the driver using the Add Printer wizard on Windows Server 2008 R2 or
Windows 7, perform one of the following:
- Establish the Internet connection so that Windows Update can scan your computer.
- Add the print driver to your computer.
5. If prompted, install the print driver on your computer. If you are prompted for an administrator
password or confirmation, enter the password or provide confirmation.
6. Complete the additional steps in the wizard, and then click Finish.
7. Print a test page to verify print installation.
a
Click Start — Control Panel — Hardware and Sound — Printers
(Start — Devices and
Printers for Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7).
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 124
b
Right-click the printer you just created, and then click Properties (Printer properties for
Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7).
On the Options tab, set each setting item, and then click Apply.
c
On the General tab, click Print Test Page. When a test page prints successfully, installation
is complete.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Printing Basics 125
Chapter 6
Copying
Loading Paper for Copying
The instructions for loading documents are the same whether you are printing, faxing, or copying.
See Also:
“Loading Print Media” on page 91
Preparing a Document
You can use the document glass or the automatic document feeder (ADF) to load an original
document for copying, scanning, and sending a fax. You can load up to 35 sheets of 75 g/m (20 lb)
documents for one job using the ADF or one sheet at a time using the document glass.
Important:
❏ Avoid loading documents that are smaller than 5.5 in. by 5.5 in. (139.7 mm by 139.7 mm) or larger
than 8.5 in. by 14 in. (215.9 mm by 355.6 mm), different sizes or weights together, or booklets,
pamphlets, transparencies, or documents having other unusual characteristics in ADF.
❏ Carbon-paper or carbon-backed paper, coated paper, onion skin or thin paper, wrinkled or creased
paper, curled or rolled paper or torn paper cannot be used in ADF.
❏ Do not use the documents with staples, paper clips or exposed to adhesives or solvent based materials
such as glue, ink and correcting fluid in ADF.
Note:
To get the best scan quality, especially for color or gray scale images, use the document glass instead of the
ADF.
Making Copies From the Document Glass
Note:
❏ A computer connection is not required for copying.
❏ Remove any documents from the ADF before copying from the document glass.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Copying 126
❏ Contaminants on the document glass may cause black spots on the copy output. For best results,
clean the document glass before use. For more information, see also “Cleaning the Scanner” on
page 385.
To make a copy from the document glass:
1. Lift and open the document cover.
2. Place the document face down on the document glass and align it with the registration guide on the
top left corner of the glass.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Copying 127
c
Caution:
Do not apply excessive force to hold thick document on the document glass. It may break the
glass and cause injuries.
3. Close the document cover.
Note:
❏ Leaving the document cover open while copying may affect the copy quality and increase the
toner consumption.
❏ If you are copying a page from a book or magazine, lift the cover until its hinges are caught by the
stopper and then close the cover. If the book or magazine is thicker than 30 mm, start copying
with the document cover open.
4. Customize the copy settings including the number of copies, copy size, contrast, and image
quality.
See Also:
“ Setting Copy Options” on page 130
To clear the option settings, press the Clear All button.
5. Press the Start button to begin copying.
Note:
Press the Stop button to cancel a copy job at any time while scanning a document.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Copying 128
Making Copies From the ADF
Important:
Do not load more than 35 sheets into the ADF or allow more than 35 sheets to be fed to the document
output tray. The document output tray should be emptied before it exceeds 35 sheets or your original
documents may be damaged.
Note:
❏ To get the best scan quality, especially for gray scale images, use the document glass instead of the
ADF.
❏ A computer connection is not required for copying.
To make a copy from the ADF:
1. Load up to 35 sheets of 75 gsm (20 lb) documents face up on the ADF with top edge of the
documents in first. Then adjust the document guides to the correct document size.
Note:
Ensure that you use the document guides before copying a legal-size document.
2. Customize the copy settings including the number of copies, copy size, contrast, and image
quality.
See Also:
“ Setting Copy Options” on page 130
To clear the settings, use the Clear All button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Copying 129
3. Press the Start button to begin copying.
Note:
Press the Stop button to cancel a copy job at any time while scanning a document.
Setting Copy Options
Set the following options for the current copy job before pressing the Start button to begin copying.
Note:
The copy options automatically return to their default status after the next copy is performed or the auto
clear timer is expired.
Number of Copies
To specify the number of copies from 1 to 99.
1. Load the document(s) face up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document face down on the document glass, and close the document cover.
See Also:
❏ “Making Copies From the Document Glass” on page 126
❏ “Making Copies From the ADF” on page 129
2. Press the Copy button.
3. Enter the number of copies using the numeric keypad.
4. Press the Start button to begin copying.
Color
To select the mode for color or black and white copying.
1. Load the document(s) face up with top edge in first into the ADF.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Copying 130
OR
Place a single document face down on the document glass, and close the document cover.
See Also:
❏ “Making Copies From the Document Glass” on page 126
❏ “Making Copies From the ADF” on page 129
2. Press the Copy button.
3. Press the Color Mode button to switch between Color and Black & White modes.
4. Press the Start button to begin copying.
Paper Supply
To select a tray.
1. Load the document(s) face up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document face down on the document glass, and close the document cover.
See Also:
❏ “Making Copies From the Document Glass” on page 126
❏ “Making Copies From the ADF” on page 129
2. Press the Copy button.
3. Select Paper Supply, and then press the
button.
4. Select the desired setting, and then press the
button.
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Tray 1: xxx*
The paper is fed from Tray 1.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Copying 131
Tray 2: xxx
The paper is fed from Tray 2.
Manual Feed Slot: xxx
The paper is fed from the single sheet feeder (SSF).
Note:
Tray 2 is only available when the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit is installed.
M.F. Paper Size
To select the default paper size of the SSF.
1. Load the document(s) face up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document face down on the document glass, and close the document cover.
See Also:
❏ “Making Copies From the Document Glass” on page 126
❏ “Making Copies From the ADF” on page 129
2. Press the Copy button.
3. Select Paper Supply, and then press the
button.
4. Select Manual Feed Slot, and then press the
button.
5. Select M.F. Paper Size, and then press the
button.
6. Select the desired setting, and then press the
button.
mm series
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
A4 - 210 x 297 mm*
A5 - 148 x 210 mm
B5 - 182 x 257 mm
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Copying 132
Letter - 8.5 x 11"
US Folio - 8.5 x 13"
Legal - 8.5 x 14"
Executive - 7.25 x 10.5"
Monarch Env. - 3.9 x 7.5"
DL Env. - 110 x 220 mm
C5 Env. - 162 x 229 mm
#10 Env. - 4.1 x 9.5"
inch series
Letter - 8.5 x 11"*
US Folio - 8.5 x 13"
Legal - 8.5 x 14"
A4 - 210 x 297mm
A5 - 148 x 210mm
B5 - 182 x 257mm
Executive - 7.25 x 10.5"
Monarch Env. - 3.9 x 7.5"
DL Env. - 110 x 220 mm
C5 Env. - 162 x 229mm
#10 Env. - 4.1 x 9.5"
7. Press the Start button to begin copying.
M.F. Paper Type
To select the default paper type of the SSF.
1. Load the document(s) face up with top edge in first into the ADF.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Copying 133
OR
Place a single document face down on the document glass, and close the document cover.
See Also:
❏ “Making Copies From the Document Glass” on page 126
❏ “Making Copies From the ADF” on page 129
2. Press the Copy button.
3. Select Paper Supply, and then press the
button.
4. Select Manual Feed Slot, and then press the
button.
5. Select M.F. Paper Type, and then press the
button.
6. Select the desired setting, and then press the
button.
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Plain*
Light Card
Heavy Card
Envelope
Letterhead
LW Gloss Card
HW Gloss Card
Hole Punched
Colored
Special
7. Press the Start button to begin copying.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Copying 134
Collated
To sort the copy output: For example, if you make two copies of three page documents, one complete
three page document will be printed followed by the second complete document.
Note:
You can collate more pages when additional memory module is installed.
1. Load the document(s) face up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document face down on the document glass, and close the document cover.
See Also:
❏ “Making Copies From the Document Glass” on page 126
❏ “Making Copies From the ADF” on page 129
2. Press the Copy button.
3. Select Collated, and then press the
button.
4. Select the desired setting, and then press the
button.
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Off
Does not copy in collated order.
On
Copies in collated order.
Auto*
Only the documents loaded from ADF are copied in collated order.
5. If necessary, customize the copy settings including the number of copies, contrast, and image
quality.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Copying 135
See Also:
“ Setting Copy Options” on page 130.
6. Press the Start button to begin copying.
a When you are using the document glass and it is set to On, the display prompts you for
another page.
If you want to place a new document, press the
button to select Yes, and then press the
button.
Another display prompts you for placing next page.
Replace the document with a new document.
Select Continue, and then press the
button.
Reduce/Enlarge
To reduce or enlarge the size of a copied image, from 25 % to 400 % when you copy original documents
from the document glass or ADF.
Note:
When you make a reduced copy, black lines may appear at the bottom of your copy.
1. Load the document(s) face up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document face down on the document glass, and close the document cover.
See Also:
❏ “Making Copies From the Document Glass” on page 126
❏ “Making Copies From the ADF” on page 129
2. Press the Copy button.
3. Select Reduce/Enlarge, and then press the
button.
4. Select the desired setting, and then press the
button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Copying 136
mm series
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
200%
141% A5 -> A4
122% A5 ->B5
100%*
81% B5 -> A5
70% A4 -> A5
50%
inch series
200%
154%
129% 8.5 x 11" -> 8.5 x 14"
100%*
78% 8.5 x 14" -> 8.5 x 11"
64%
50%
Note:
You can also specify the value in increments of 1% from 25 to 400 by pressing the
or button or
entering a value using the numeric keypad. See the following table for specific zoom ratios.
Copy
Original
A5 B5 A4
A5
100% 122% 141%
B5
81% 100% 115%
A4
70% 86% 100%
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Copying 137
How to load document depends on the size and orientation of a document. For details, see
“Loading Print Media in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and the Optional 250-Sheet Paper Cassette
Unit” on page 92 or “Loading Print Media in the Single Sheet Feeder (SSF)” on page 97.
For paper that can be loaded, see “About Print Media” on page 86.
5. Press the Start button to begin copying.
Document Size
To select the default document size.
1. Load the document(s) face up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document face down on the document glass, and close the document cover.
See Also:
❏ “Making Copies From the Document Glass” on page 126
❏ “Making Copies From the ADF” on page 129
2. Press the Copy button.
3. Select Document Size, and then press the
button.
4. Select the desired setting, and then press the
button.
mm series
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Auto*
A4 - 210 x 297mm
A5 - 148 x 210mm
B5 - 182 x 257mm
Letter - 8.5 x 11"
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Copying 138
US Folio - 8.5 x 13"
Legal - 8.5 x 14"
Executive - 7.25 x 10.5"
inch series
Auto*
Letter - 8.5 x 11"
US Folio - 8.5 x 13"
Legal - 8.5 x 14"
A4 - 210 x 297mm
A5 - 148 x 210mm
B5 - 182 x 257mm
Executive - 7.25 x 10.5"
5. Press the Start button to begin copying.
Document Type
To select the copy image quality.
1. Load the document(s) face up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document face down on the document glass, and close the document cover.
See Also:
❏ “Making Copies From the Document Glass” on page 126
❏ “Making Copies From the ADF” on page 129
2. Press the Copy button.
3. Select Document Type, and then press the
button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Copying 139
4. Select the desired setting, and then press the button.
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Text
Used for documents with text.
Mixed*
Used for documents with both text and photos.
Photo
Used for documents with photos.
5. Press the Start button to begin copying.
Lighten/Darken
To adjust the contrast to make the copy lighter or darker than the original.
1. Load the document(s) face up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document face down on the document glass, and close the document cover.
See Also:
❏ “Making Copies From the Document Glass” on page 126
❏ “Making Copies From the ADF” on page 129
2. Press the Copy button.
3. Select Lighten/Darken, and then press the
button.
4. Select the desired setting, and then press the
button.
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Lighter3
Works well with dark print.
Lighter2
Lighter1
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Copying 140
Normal*
Works well with normal typed or printed documents.
Darker1
Works well with light print or faint pencil markings.
Darker2
Darker3
5. Press the Start button to begin copying.
Sharpness
To adjust the sharpness to make the copy image sharper or softer than the original.
1. Load the document(s) face up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document face down on the document glass, and close the document cover.
See Also:
❏ “Making Copies From the Document Glass” on page 126
❏ “Making Copies From the ADF” on page 129
2. Press the Copy button.
3. Select Sharpness, and then press the
button.
4. Select the desired setting, and then press the
button.
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Sharper
Makes the copy image sharper than the original.
Normal*
The color clarity of the image is the same as the original.
Softer
Makes the copy image softer than the original.
5. Press the Start button to begin copying.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Copying 141
Color Saturation
To adjust the amount of colors of the copy to make the colors darker or lighter than the original.
1. Load the document(s) face up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document face down on the document glass, and close the document cover.
See Also:
❏ “Making Copies From the Document Glass” on page 126
❏ “Making Copies From the ADF” on page 129
2. Press the Copy button.
3. Select Color Saturation, and then press the
button.
4. Select the desired setting, and then press the
button.
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Higher
Makes the color of the copy more vivid.
Normal*
The color saturation is the same as the original.
Lower
Makes the color of the copy less vivid.
5. Press the Start button to begin copying.
Auto Exposure
To suppress the background of the original to enhance text on the copy.
1. Load the document(s) face up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document face down on the document glass, and close the document cover.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Copying 142
See Also:
❏ “Making Copies From the Document Glass” on page 126
❏ “Making Copies From the ADF” on page 129
2. Press the Copy button.
3. Select Auto Exposure, and then press the
button.
4. Select On, and then press the
button.
5. Press the Start button to begin copying.
Color Balance
To specify the default color balance level within the range of -3 to +3.
1. Load the document(s) face up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document face down on the document glass, and close the document cover.
See Also:
❏ “Making Copies From the Document Glass” on page 126
❏ “Making Copies From the ADF” on page 129
2. Press the System button.
3. Select Defaults Settings, and then press the
button.
4. Select Copy Defaults, and then press the
button.
5. Select Color Balance, and then press the
button.
6. Select the desired setting, and then press the
button.
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Copying 143
Yellow Low Dens. 0*
Sets the color balance level of low density yellow.
-3 to +3
Yellow Med. Dens. 0*
Sets the color balance level of medium density yellow.
-3 to +3
Yellow High Dens. 0*
Sets the color balance level of high density yellow.
-3 to +3
Magen. Low Dens. 0*
Sets the color balance level of low density magenta.
-3 to +3
Magen. Med. Dens. 0*
Sets the color balance level of medium density magenta.
-3 to +3
Magen. High Dens. 0*
Sets the color balance level of high density magenta.
-3 to +3
Cyan Low Dens. 0*
Sets the color balance level of low density cyan.
-3 to +3
Cyan Med. Dens. 0*
Sets the color balance level of medium density cyan.
-3 to +3
Cyan High Dens. 0*
Sets the color balance level of high density cyan.
-3 to +3
Black Low Dens. 0*
Sets the color balance level of low density black.
-3 to +3
Black Med. Dens. 0*
Sets the color balance level of medium density black.
-3 to +3
Black High Dens. 0*
Sets the color balance level of high density black.
-3 to +3
7. Press the Copy button.
8. Press the Start button to begin copying.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Copying 144
2-Sided
To make duplex copies with the specified binding position.
1. Load the document(s) face up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document face down on the document glass, and close the document cover.
See Also:
❏ “Making Copies From the Document Glass” on page 126
❏ “Making Copies From the ADF” on page 129
2. Press the Copy button.
3. Select 2-Sided, and then press the
button.
4. Select the desired setting, and then press the
button.
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
1 -> 1-Sided*
Select 1-sided or 2-sided and specify binding position for the 2-sided copy.
Long Edge Binding
Short Edge Binding
5. Press the Start button to begin copying.
N-Up
To print two original images to fit onto one sheet of paper.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Copying 145
Auto:
Automatically reduces the
pages to fit in one page.
ID Card Copy:
Always prints two sides of
the ID card in one page in
the original size (by 100%).
Manual:
Reduces the pages in the
custom size depending on
the setting of the Reduce/
Enlarge menu.
1. Load the document(s) face up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document face down on the document glass, and close the document cover.
See Also:
❏ “Making Copies From the Document Glass” on page 126
❏ “Making Copies From the ADF” on page 129
2. Press the Copy button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Copying 146
3. Select N-Up, and then press the button.
4. Select the desired setting, and then press the
button.
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Off*
Does not perform N-up printing.
Auto
Automatically reduces the original pages to fit onto one sheet of paper.
ID Card Copy
Prints the original pages onto one sheet of paper in the original size.
Manual
Prints the original pages onto the one sheet of paper in the size specified in Reduce/
Enlarge.
5. If necessary, customize the copy settings including the number of copies, contrast, and image
quality.
See Also:
“ Setting Copy Options” on page 130
6. Press the Start button to begin copying.
a When you are using the document glass and it is set to Auto, ID Card Copy, or Manual, the
display prompts you for another page.
Select Yes, and then press the
button.
Another display prompts you for placing next page.
Replace the document with a new document.
Select Continue, and then press the
button.
Margin Top/Bottom
To specify the top and bottom margins of the copy.
1. Load the document(s) face up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document face down on the document glass, and close the document cover.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Copying 147
See Also:
❏ “Making Copies From the Document Glass” on page 126
❏ “Making Copies From the ADF” on page 129
2. Press the Copy button.
3. Select Margin Top/Bottom, and then press the
button.
4. Press the
or button or use the numeric keypad to set the desired value, and then press the
button.
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
0.2 inch* (4 mm*)
Specify the value in increments of 0.1 inch (1 mm).
0.0–2.0 inch (0–50 mm)
5. Press the Start button to begin copying.
Margin Left/Right
To specify the left and right margins of the copy.
1. Load the document(s) face up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document face down on the document glass, and close the document cover.
See Also:
❏ “Making Copies From the Document Glass” on page 126
❏ “Making Copies From the ADF” on page 129
2. Press the Copy button.
3. Select Margin Left/Right, and then press the
button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Copying 148
4. Press the or button or use the numeric keypad to set the desired value, and then press the
button.
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
0.2 inch* (4 mm*)
Specify the value in increments of 0.1 inch (1 mm).
0.0–2.0 inch (0–50 mm)
5. Press the Start button to begin copying.
Margin Middle
To specify the middle margin of the copy.
1. Load the document(s) face up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document face down on the document glass, and close the document cover.
See Also:
❏ “Making Copies From the Document Glass” on page 126
❏ “Making Copies From the ADF” on page 129
2. Press the Copy button.
3. Select Margin Middle, and then press the
button.
4. Press the
or button or use the numeric keypad to set the desired value, and then press the
button.
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
0.0 inch* (0 mm*)
Specify the value in increments of 0.1 inch (1 mm).
0.0–2.0 inch (0–50 mm)
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Copying 149
5. Press the Start button to begin copying.
Changing the Default Settings
The default settings of the Copy menu options including contrast and image quality can be set to the
most frequently used modes. When you copy a document, the specified default settings are used
unless they are changed by using the corresponding buttons on the operator panel.
To create your own default settings:
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Defaults Settings, and then press the
button.
3. Select Copy Defaults, and then press the
button.
4. Select the desired menu item, and then press the
button.
5. Select the desired setting or enter the value using the numeric keypad, and then press the
button.
6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 as needed.
7. To return to the previous screen, press the (Back) button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Copying 150
Chapter 7
Scanning
Scanning Overview
You can use your Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series to turn pictures and text into editable images on your
computer.
The resolution setting to use when you scan an item depends on the item type and how you plan to use
the image or document after you scan it into your computer. For the best results, use these
recommended settings.
Type Resolution
Documents 300 dpi black-and-white or 200 dpi grayscale or color
Documents of poor quality or that contain small text 400 dpi black-and-white or 300 dpi grayscale
Photographs and pictures 100–200 dpi color or 200 dpi grayscale
Images for an inkjet printer 150–300 dpi
Images for a high-resolution printer 300–600 dpi
Scanning beyond these recommended resolutions may exceed the capabilities of the application. If
you require a resolution above those recommended in the above table, you should reduce the size of
the image by previewing (or pre-scan) and cropping before scanning the image.
Installing the Scan Driver
If you plan to import scanned images directly into an application (such as Adobe
®
Photoshop
®
or
Microsoft® Clip Organizer), or scan images directly to your computer, you must install a scan driver.
For Windows
To install the scan driver from the Software Disc:
1. Turn off the printer and the computer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 151
2. Connect the computer and Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series with a USB cable.
OR
Connect the Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series to a network.
3. Insert the Software Disc into your computer to start Easy Install Navi.
4. Click Installing Driver and Software.
5. Click the User Tools tab, and then select Install Scan Driver.
6. Click Start.
7. Follow the on-screen instructions to install the scan driver.
See Also:
“Express Scan Manager” on page 54
For Mac OS X
To install the scan driver from the Software Disc:
1. Run the Software Disc on the Mac OS X.
2. Open the Packages folder.
3. Double-click AL-CX29 Scan Installer.pkg.
4. Follow the on-screen instructions to install the scan driver.
See Also:
“Express Scan Manager” on page 54
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 152
Scanning to a Computer
Scanning From the Operator Panel
The following procedure uses Windows XP as an example.
Note:
❏ This feature cannot be used when the printer is connected to a network.
❏ Ensure that the printer is connected to the computer via the USB cable.
1. Load the document(s) face up with top edge in first into the automatic document feeder (ADF).
OR
Place a single document face down on the document glass, and close the document cover.
See Also:
❏ “Making Copies From the ADF” on page 129
❏ “Making Copies From the Document Glass” on page 126
2. Press the Scan button.
3. Select Scan to Computer (USB), and then press the
button.
4. Configure the scanning settings as necessary.
5. Press the Start button.
The selected application window opens on your computer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 153
Note:
If the following dialog box appears on your computer, select EPSON AL-CX29 Express Scan
Manager, and then click OK.
Note:
❏ Once you select the Always use this program for this action check box when selecting EPSON
AL-CX29 Express Scan Manager, the selected application is automatically used without displaying
the program selection window.
❏ You must use Express Scan Manager on your computer to change the settings for scanning. For
details, see “Express Scan Manager” on page 54.
Scanning Using the TWAIN Driver
Your printer supports the Tool Without An Interesting Name (TWAIN) driver for scanning images.
TWAIN is one of the standard components provided by Windows XP, Windows Server 2003,
Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Vista, and Windows 7, and works with
various scanners. The following procedure uses Windows XP as an example.
Note:
Ensure that the printer is connected to the computer via the USB cable or to a network.
The following procedure to scan an image uses Microsoft Clip Organizer as an example.
1. Load the document(s) face up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 154
Place a single document face down on the document glass, and close the document cover.
See Also:
❏ “Making Copies From the ADF” on page 129
❏ “Making Copies From the Document Glass” on page 126
2. Click start — All Programs — Microsoft Office — Microsoft Office 2010 Tools — Microsoft
Clip Organizer.
3. Click File — Add Clips to Organizer — From Scanner or Camera.
4. In the Insert Picture from Scanner or Camera dialog box, under Device, select your device.
5. Click Custom Insert.
6. Select your scanning preferences and click Preview to display the preview image.
Note:
❏ Preview is grayed out and disabled when you select Document Feeder from Scan from.
❏ The illustration may vary for different operating systems.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 155
7. Select the desired properties from the Image Quality and Image Options tabs.
8. Click Scan to start scanning.
The scanned image file is generated.
Scanning Using the WIA Driver
Your printer also supports the Windows Image Acquisition (WIA) driver for scanning images. WIA is
one of the standard components provided by Windows XP and later operating systems and works
with digital cameras and scanners. Unlike the TWAIN driver, the WIA driver allows you to scan an
image and easily manipulate those images without using additional software.
Note:
Ensure that the printer is connected to the computer via the USB cable or to a network.
1. Load the document(s) face up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document face down on the document glass, and close the document cover.
See Also:
❏ “Making Copies From the ADF” on page 129
❏ “Making Copies From the Document Glass” on page 126
2. Start the drawing software, such as Paint for Windows.
Note:
When you use Windows Vista, use Windows Photo Gallery instead of Paint.
3. Click File — From Scanner or Camera (Paint button — From scanner or camera for
Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7).
The Scan using EPSON AL-CX29 (WIA - USB) window appears.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 156
Note:
The illustration may vary for different operating systems.
4. Select Document Feeder or Flatbed in Paper source.
Note:
Select Document Feeder when you want to scan the document loaded in the ADF. Select Flatbed
when you want to scan the document loaded on the document glass.
5. Select your scanning preferences and click Adjust the quality of the scanned picture to display
the Advanced Properties dialog box.
6. Select the desired properties including brightness and contrast, and then click OK.
7. Click Scan to start scanning.
8. Click Save from the File menu.
9. Enter a picture name, and select a file format and destination to save the picture.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 157
Using a Scanner on the Network
Overview
The Scan to Server/Computer feature allows you to scan documents and send the scanned document
to a network computer via the SMB protocol.
SMB
You can select the kind of server and specify a destination to store the scanned document with the
EpsonNet Config or Address Book Editor.
The following items are required to use the Scan to Server/Computer feature.
❏ Using SMB
To transfer data via SMB, your computer must run on one of the following operating systems that
includes folder sharing.
For Mac OS
®
X, a shared user account is required on the Mac OS X.
❏ Windows Server 2003
❏ Windows Server 2008
❏ Windows Server 2008 R2
❏ Windows XP
❏ Windows Vista
❏ Windows 7
❏ Mac OS X 10.4/10.5/10.6
Follow the procedure below to use the Scan to Server/Computer feature.
“Confirming a Login name and Password Using SMB” on page 159
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 158
“Specifying a Destination to Store the Document Using SMB” on page 161
“Configuring the Printer Settings” on page 172
“Sending the Scanned File to the Network” on page 178
Confirming a Login name and Password Using SMB
The Scan to Computer/Server feature requires a user login account with a valid and non-empty
password for authentication. Confirm a login user name and password.
If you do not use a password for your user login, you need to create a password on your User Login
Account with the following procedure.
For Windows XP:
1. Click start — Control Panel — User Accounts.
2. Click Change an account.
3. Select your account.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 159
4. Click Create a password and add in a password for your user login account.
For Windows Server 2003:
1. Click Start — Administrative Tools — Computer Management.
2. Click Local Users and Groups.
3. Double-click Users.
4. Right-click your account, and then select Set Password.
Note:
When an alert message appears, confirm the message and then click Proceed.
5. Add in a password for your user login account.
For Windows Vista and Windows 7:
1. Click Start — Control Panel.
2. Click User Accounts and Family Safety.
3. Click User Accounts.
4. Click Create a password for your account and add in a password for your user login account.
For Windows Server 2008:
1. Click Start — Administrative Tools — Computer Management.
2. Click Local Users and Groups.
3. Double-click Users.
4. Right-click your account, and then select Set Password.
Note:
When an alert message appears, confirm the message and then click Proceed.
5. Add in a password for your user login account.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 160
For Windows Server 2008 R2:
1. Click Start — Administrative Tools — Computer Management.
2. Click Local Users and Groups.
3. Double-click Users.
4. Right-click your account, and then select Set Password.
Note:
When an alert message appears, confirm the message and then click Proceed.
5. Add in a password for your user login account.
For Mac OS X 10.4/10.5/10.6:
1. Click System Preferences — Accounts.
2. Select your account.
3. Select Change Password.
4. Enter a password for your user login account in New Password (New password for Mac OS X
10.6).
5. Re-enter the password in Verify.
6. Click Change Password.
After you confirmed a login user name and password, go to “Specifying a Destination to Store the
Document Using SMB” on page 161.
Specifying a Destination to Store the Document Using SMB
Share a folder to store the scanned document using the following procedure.
For Windows XP Home Edition:
1. Create a folder in the desired directory on your computer (Example of folder name, MyShare).
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 161
2. Right-click the folder, and then select Properties.
3. Click the Sharing tab, and then select Share this folder on the network.
4. Enter a shared name in the Share name box.
Note:
Write down this shared name because you will use this name in the next setting procedure.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 162
Note:
When the following screen appears, click If you understand the security risks but want to share
files without running the wizard, click here, then select Just enable file sharing, and then click
OK.
5. Select Allow network users to change my files.
6. Click Apply, and then click OK.
Note:
To add sub-folders, create new folders in the shared folder you have created.
Example: Folder name, MyShare, Second-level folder name: MyPic, Third-level folder name: John
You should now see MyShare\MyPic\John in your directory.
After you created a folder, go to “Configuring the Printer Settings” on page 172.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 163
For Windows XP Professional Edition:
1. Create a folder in the desired directory on your computer (Example of folder name, MyShare)
and double-click the folder.
2. Select Folder Options from Tools.
3. Click View tab, and then deselect the Use simple file sharing (Recommended) check box.
4. Click OK, and then close the window.
5. Right-click the folder, and then select Properties.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 164
6. Click the Sharing tab, and then select Share this folder.
7. Enter a shared name in the Share name box.
Note:
Write down this shared name because you will use this name in the next setting procedure.
8. Click Permissions to create a write permission for this folder.
9. Click Add.
10. Search user login name by clicking Advanced, or enter the user login name in the Enter the
object names to select box and click Check Names to confirm (Example of user login name,
MySelf).
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 165
11. Click OK.
12. Click the user login name that you have just entered. Select the Full Control check box. This will
grant you permission to send the document into this folder.
Note:
Do not use Everyone as the user login name.
13. Click OK.
14. Click Apply, and then click OK.
Note:
To add sub-folders, create new folders in the shared folder you have created.
Example: Folder name: MyShare, Second-level folder name: MyPic, Third-level folder name: John
You should now see MyShare\MyPic\John in your directory.
After you created a folder, go to “Configuring the Printer Settings” on page 172.
For Windows Server 2003
1. Create a folder in the desired directory on your computer (Example of folder name, MyShare).
2. Right-click the folder, and then select Properties.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 166
3. Click the Sharing tab, and then select Share this folder.
4. Enter a shared name in the Share name box.
Note:
Write down this shared name because you will use this name in the next setting procedure.
5. Click Permissions to create a write permission for this folder.
6. Click Add.
7. Search user login name by clicking Advanced, or enter the user login name in the Enter the
object names to select box and click Check Names to confirm (Example of user login name,
MySelf).
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 167
8. Click OK.
9. Click the user login name that you have just entered. Select the Full Control check box. This will
grant you permission to send the document into this folder.
Note:
Do not use Everyone as the user login name.
10. Click OK.
11. Configure other settings as necessary, and then click Apply and click OK.
Note:
To add sub-folders, create new folders in the shared folder you have created.
Example: Folder name: MyShare, Second-level folder name: MyPic, Third-level folder name: John
You should now see MyShare\MyPic\John in your directory.
After you created a folder, go to “Configuring the Printer Settings” on page 172.
For Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 R2
1. Create a folder in the desired directory on your computer (Example of folder name, MyShare).
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 168
2. Right-click the folder, and then select Properties.
3. Click the Sharing tab, and then click Advanced Sharing.
For Windows Vista, when User Account Control dialog box appears, click Continue.
4. Select the Share this folder check box.
5. Enter a shared name in the Share name box.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 169
Note:
Write down this shared name because you will use this name in the next setting procedure.
6. Click Permissions to create a write permission for this folder.
7. Click Add.
8. Search user login name by clicking Advanced, or enter the user login name in the Enter the
object names to select box and click Check Names to confirm (Example of user login name,
MySelf).
9. Click OK.
10. Click the user login name that you have just entered. Select the Full Control check box. This will
grant you permission to send the document into this folder.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 170
Note:
Do not use Everyone as the user login name.
11. Click OK.
12. Click OK to exit the Advanced Sharing dialog box.
13. Click Close.
Note:
To add sub-folders, create new folders in the shared folder you have created.
Example: Folder name: MyShare, Second-level folder name: MyPic, Third-level folder name: John
You should now see MyShare\MyPic\John in your directory.
After you created a folder, go to “Configuring the Printer Settings” on page 172.
For Mac OS X 10.4:
1. Select Home from the Go menu.
2. Double-click Public.
3. Create a folder (Example of folder name, MyShare).
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 171
Note:
Write down this shared name because you will use this name in the next setting procedure.
4. Open System Preferences, and then click Sharing.
5. Select the Personal File Sharing check box and the Windows Sharing check box.
For Mac OS X 10.5/10.6:
1. Create a folder in the desired directory on your computer (Example of folder name, MyShare).
Note:
Write down this shared name because you will use this name in the next setting procedure.
2. Select the created folder, and then select Get Info from the File menu.
3. Select the Shared Folder (Shared folder for Mac OS X 10.6) check box, and then close the
window.
4. Open System Preferences, and then click Sharing.
5. Select the File Sharing check box, and then click Options.
6. Select the Share Files and folders using SMB (Share files and folders using SMB (Windows)
for Mac OS X 10.6) check box and your account name.
7. Enter your account password, and then click OK.
8. Click Done.
Configuring the Printer Settings
You can configure the printer settings to use the Scan to Server/Computer feature with the EpsonNet
Config or Address Book Editor.
The following procedure uses Windows XP as an example.
From the EpsonNet Config
1. Launch your web browser.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 172
2. Enter the IP address of the printer in the address bar, and then press the Enter key.
The printer’s web page appears.
Note:
For details on how to check the IP address of the printer, see “Verifying the IP Settings” on
page 64.
3. Click the Address Book tab.
If user name and password are required, enter the correct user name and password.
Note:
The default user name is “11111", and the default password is “x-admin".
4. Under Network Scan (Comp./Serv.), click Computer/Server Address Book.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 173
5. Select any unused number and click Add.
The Add Network Scan Address page appears.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
To fill in the fields, enter the information as follows:
1
Name Enter a friendly name that you want it to appear on the Computer/Server
Address Book.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 174
2
Server Type Select Computer (SMB).
3
Server Address
Enter a server name or IP address of your computer that you have shared out.
The following are examples:
Server name: myhost
IP address: 192.168.1.100
4
Server Port Number
Enter the port number. If you are unsure, you can enter the default value of 139
for SMB.
5
Login Name
Enter the user account name that has access to the shared folder on your
computer.
6
Login Password
Enter the password corresponding to the above login name.
Note:
Empty password is not valid in the Scan to Computer feature. Ensure that you
have a valid password for the user login account. (See “Confirming a Login name
and Password Using SMB” on page 159 for details on how to add a password in
your user login account.)
7
Re-enter Password
Re-enter your password.
8
Share Name
On the Windows operating system, enter the share name of the folder to store
the scanned document on the recipient computer.
On the Mac OS, enter the folder name to store the scanned document on the
recipient computer.
9
Server Path
To store the scanned document in the shared folder directly without creating
any subfolder, leave the space blank.
To store the scanned document in the folder you created under the shared
folder, enter the path as following.
Example: Share Folder name, MyShare, Second-level folder name: MyPic,
Third-level folder name: John
You should now see MyShare\Mypic\John in your directory.
In this case, enter the following item.
Server Path: \MyPic\John
After you configured settings, go to “Sending the Scanned File to the Network” on page 178.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 175
From the Address Book Editor
The following procedure uses Windows XP as an example.
1. Click start — All Programs — EPSON — EPSON AL-CX29 — Address Book Editor.
The Select Device window appears.
2. Select your printer from the list.
3. Click OK.
4. Click Tool — New (Printer Address Book) — Server.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 176
The Server Address dialog box appears.
3
9
10
8
7
6
5
4
2
1
To fill in the fields, enter the information as follows:
1
Name
Enter a friendly name that you want it to appear on the address book.
2
Server Type Select Computer (SMB).
3
Computer Settings wizard
Clicking this button opens the wizard screen which guides you through several
steps.
When you complete the steps in the wizard, the items 4 to 10 are entered
automatically. For details, click the Help button.
4
Server Name / IP Address
Enter a server name or IP address of your computer that you have shared out.
The following are examples:
Server name: myhost
IP address: 192.168.1.100
5
Share Name
Enter the name of the shared folder on the recipient computer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 177
6
Path
To store the scanned document in the shared folder directly without creating
any subfolder, leave the space blank.
To store the scanned document in the folder you created under the shared
folder, enter the path as following.
Example: Share Folder name, MyShare, Second-level folder name: MyPic,
Third-level folder name: John
You should now see MyShare\MyPic\John in your directory.
In this case, enter the following item.
Path: \MyPic\John
7
Login Name
Enter the user account name that has access to the shared folder on your
computer.
8
Login Password
Enter the password corresponding to the above login name.
Note:
Empty password is not valid in the Scan to Computer feature. Ensure that you
have a valid password for the user login account. (See “Confirming a Login name
and Password Using SMB” on page 159 for details on how to add a password in
your user login account).
9
Confirm Login Password
Re-enter your password.
10
Port Number
Enter the port number. If you are unsure, you can enter the default value of 139
for SMB.
After you configured settings, go to “Sending the Scanned File to the Network” on page 178.
Sending the Scanned File to the Network
1. Load the document(s) face up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document face down on the document glass, and close the document cover.
See Also:
❏ “Making Copies From the ADF” on page 129
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 178
❏ “Making Copies From the Document Glass” on page 126
2. Press the Scan button.
3. Select Scan to Network, and then press the
button.
4. Select Scan to, and then press the
button.
5. Select Computer (Network) or Search Address Book, and then press the
button.
❏ Computer (Network): Stores the scanned image on the computer by using the SMB
protocol.
❏ Search Address Book: Select the server address registered in Address Book.
6. Select the destination to store the scanned file in, and then press the
button.
7. Press the Start button to send the scanned files.
Scanning to a USB Storage Device
The Scan to USB Memory feature allows you to scan documents and save the scanned data to a USB
storage device. To scan documents and save them, follow the steps below:
1. Insert the USB storage device into the front USB port on your printer.
2. Load the document(s) face up with top edge in first into the ADF.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 179
OR
Place a single document face down on the document glass, and close the document cover.
See Also:
❏ “Making Copies From the ADF” on page 129
❏ “Making Copies From the Document Glass” on page 126
3. Select Scan to USBMemory, and then press the
button.
4. Select Save to, and then press the
button.
5. If you want to save the scanned data to a folder on the USB storage device, select the desired folder
to save the scanned data, and then press the
button.
6. Configure the scanning settings as necessary.
7. Press the Start button.
Sending an E-Mail With the Scanned Image
To send an e-mail attached with the scanned image from your printer, follow the steps below:
Setup the E-mail address book through the EpsonNet Config. See “Setting an E-Mail Address Book”
on page 180 for more details.
Setting an E-Mail Address Book
The following procedure uses Windows XP as an example.
1. Launch your web browser.
2. Enter the IP address of the printer in the address bar, and then press the Enter key.
The printer’s web page appears.
Note:
For details on how to check the IP address of the printer, see “Verifying the IP Settings” on
page 64.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 180
3. Click the Address Book tab.
If user name and password are required, enter the correct user name and password.
Note:
The default user name is “11111", and the default password is “x-admin".
4. Click Email Address Book.
5. Select any unused number and click Add.
The Add Email Address page appears.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 181
6. Enter a name in the Name field and e-mail address in the E-mail Address field.
7. Click the Apply button.
Sending an E-mail With the Scanned File
1. Load the document(s) face up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document face down on the document glass, and close the document cover.
See Also:
❏ “Making Copies From the ADF” on page 129
❏ “Making Copies From the Document Glass” on page 126
2. Press the Scan button.
3. Select Scan to E-Mail, and then press the
button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 182
4. Select Email to, and then press the button.
5. Select the setting listed below, and then press the
button.
❏ Keypad: Enter the e-mail address directly and then press the
button.
❏ Address Book: Select the e-mail address registered in the E-mail address book, and then press
the
button.
❏ Email Group: Select the e-mail group registered in the E-mail Groups, and then press the
button.
❏ Search Local Address Book: Searches for an e-mail address from the local Address Book.
❏ Search Server Address Book: Searches for an e-mail address on the LDAP server. This
item is displayed when Server Address Book in the System Settings menu is set to
On.
Note:
Users need to be registered in the E-mail address book before you can select Address Book on the
operator panel.
6. Press the Start button to send e-mail.
Adjusting Scanning Options
Adjusting the Default Scan Settings
For a complete list of all of the defaults settings, see “Defaults Settings” on page 273.
Setting the Scanned Image File Type
To specify the file type of the scanned image:
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Defaults Settings, and then press the button.
3. Select Scan Defaults, and then press the
button.
4. Select File Format, and then press the
button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 183
5. Select the type, and then press the button.
Available types:
❏ PDF
❏ MultiPageTIFF
❏ TIFF
❏ JPEG
Setting the Color Mode
You can scan an image in color or in black and white. Selecting black and white significantly reduces
the file size of the scanned images. An image scanned in color will have a larger file size than the same
image scanned in black and white.
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Defaults Settings, and then press the
button.
3. Select Scan Defaults, and then press the
button.
4. Select Color, and then press the
button.
5. Change the color setting to either Black & White or Color, and then press the
button.
To change the color mode temporarily, press the Color Mode button on the operator panel.
Energy Saver
Clear All
Stop
Start
ErrorData
Redial /Pause
Speed Dial
@:./
GHI
PQRS
-_~
TUV
WXYZ
DEF
ABC
MNO
JKL
System
Address Book
Job Status
Back
Copy
Scan
Print
Fax
4
3
2
1
6
5
87
OK
C
0#
987
4
6
5
1
3
2
* Color Mode button
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 184
Setting the Scan Resolution
You may want to change the scan resolution depending on the way you plan to use the scanned image.
Scan resolution affects both the size and image quality of the scanned image file. The higher the scan
resolution, the larger the file size.
To select the scan resolution:
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Defaults Settings, and then press the
button.
3. Select Scan Defaults, and then press the
button.
4. Select Resolution, and then press the
button.
5. Select one of the following options, and then press the
button:
❏ 200 x 200 dpi: Produces the lowest resolution and smallest file size. (factory default)
❏ 300 x 300 dpi: Produces medium resolution and a medium file size.
❏ 400 x 400 dpi: Produces high resolution and a large file size.
❏ 600 x 600 dpi: Produces the highest resolution and largest file size.
Setting the Document Size
To specify the size of the original:
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Defaults Settings, and then press the
button.
3. Select Scan Defaults, and then press the
button.
4. Select Document Size, and then press the
button.
5. Select a specific paper size to determine the area to be scanned, and then press the
button. The
factory default setting is A4 - 210x297 mm.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 185
Automatically Suppressing Background Variations
When scanning documents with a dark background such as newspapers, the printer automatically can
detect the background and whiten it when outputting the image.
To turn on/off automatic suppression:
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Defaults Settings, and then press the
button.
3. Select Scan Defaults, and then press the
button.
4. Select Auto Exposure, and then press the
button.
5. Select either On or Off, and then press the
button.
The factory default setting is On.
Changing the Scan Settings for an Individual Job
To temporarily change a scan setting when emailing the scanned image:
1. Press the Scan button.
2. Select Scan to E-Mail, and then press the button.
3. Press the
or button to scroll through the menu of settings.
4. Change the selected setting, and then press the
button.
5. Press the Start button to begin the scan.
To temporarily change a scan setting when scanning to a computer:
1. Press the Scan button.
2. Select the scan destination, and then press the button.
3. Press the
or button to scroll through the menu of settings.
4. Change the selected setting, and then press the
button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 186
5. Press the Start button to begin the scan.
Scanner Connection Tool
You can check the IP address of the printer or set the password using the Scanner Connection Tool.
The following procedure uses Windows XP as an example.
To open the Scanner Connection Tool:
Click start — All Programs — EPSON — EPSON AL-CX29 — Scanner Connection Tool.
IP Address Settings
In the IP Address Settings tab, you can check the IP address that is set for your scanner or change the
scanner selection.
❏ IP Address
Enter the IP address.
❏ Search for all scanners on the network (Windows only)
Searches scanners in your network.
❏ Scanner List
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 187
Displays a list of scanners that are detected.
❏ Search again
Searches the scanners in your network.
❏ Search Criteria (Windows only)
Displays the Search Criteria dialog box for setting the search condition.
Search Criteria Dialog Box (Windows only)
❏ Broadcast address
Enter the subnet address.
❏ IPv4: Broadcast Address such as 192.168.1.255
❏ IPv6: Multicast Address such as ff02::1
❏ Search Time
Specify a time period for searching a scanner.
❏ Community Name
Enter the SNMPv1/v2 community name. The default community name is “public".
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 188
Password Settings
In the Password Settings tab, you can enter the password that is set for your scanner to access from
your computer to the printer.
❏ Password for Scanner
Enter the password.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Scanning 189
Chapter 8
Faxing
Connecting the Telephone Line
Note:
Do not connect your printer directly to a DSL (digital subscriber line). This may damage the printer. To
use a DSL, you will need to use an appropriate DSL filter. Contact your service provider for the DSL
filter.
1. Plug one end of a telephone line cord into the wall jack connector and the other end into an active
wall jack.
1
2
1 Wall jack connector
2 To the wall jack
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 190
2. To connect a telephone and/or answering machine to your printer, plug the telephone or
answering machine line cord into the phone connector (
).
1
2
1 Phone connector
2 To an external telephone or answering machine
Configuring Fax Initial Settings
Note:
The above settings can be configured also using Advance Tools on Easy Install Navi.
Setting Your Region
You need to set the region where your printer is used for using the fax service on the printer.
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Admin Menu, and then press the
button.
3. Select Fax Settings, and then press the
button.
4. Select Region, and then press the
button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 191
5. Select the region where the printer is used, and then press the button.
6. Select Yes, and then press the
button.
The printer restarts automatically to apply the settings.
Note:
When you configure the region setting, the information registered to the device is initialized.
Setting the Printer ID
In most regions, you are required by law to indicate your fax number on any fax you send. The printer
ID, containing your telephone number and name or company name, will be printed at the top of each
page sent from your printer.
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Admin Menu, and then press the
button.
3. Select Fax Settings, and then press the
button.
4. Select Your Fax Number, and then press the
button.
5. Enter your fax number using the numeric keypad.
Note:
If you make a mistake while entering numbers, press the C (Clear) button to delete the last digit.
6. Press the
button when the number on the display is correct.
7. Select Company Name, and then press the
button.
8. Enter your name or company name using the numeric keypad.
You can enter alphanumeric characters using the numeric keypad, including special symbols by
pressing the 1, *, and # buttons simultaneously.
For details on how to use the numeric keypad to enter alphanumeric characters, see “Using the
Numeric Keypad to Enter Characters” on page 302.
9. Press the
button when the name on the display is correct.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 192
10. To cancel the changed setting and return to the top level of the System menu, press the Clear All
button.
Setting the Time and Date
Note:
It may be necessary to reset the correct time and date if loss of power to the printer occurs.
To set the time and date:
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Admin Menu, and then press the
button.
3. Select System Settings, and then press the
button.
4. Select Clock Settings, and then press the
button.
5. Select Set Date & Time, and then press the
button.
6. Select the desired time zone, and then press the
button.
7. Enter the correct date using the numeric keypad, or select the correct date using the
or
button.
Note:
If you make a mistake while entering numbers, press the
button to re-enter the digit.
8. Press the
button when the date on the display is correct.
9. Enter the correct time using the numeric keypad, or select the correct time using the
or
button.
10. Press the
button when the time on the display is correct.
11. To cancel the changed setting and return to the top level of the System menu, press the Clear All
button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 193
Changing the Clock Mode
You can set the current time using either the 12-hour or the 24-hour format.
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Admin Menu, and then press the
button.
3. Select System Settings, and then press the
button.
4. Select Clock Settings, and then press the
button.
5. Select Time Format, and then press the
button.
6. Select the desired format, and then press the
button.
7. To return to the top level of the System menu, press the Clear All button.
Sending a Fax
You can fax data from your printer.
Loading an Original Document on the ADF
Using the automatic document feeder (ADF), you can load up to 35 sheets of 75 g/m (20 lb) paper at a
time.
Note:
To get the best scan quality, especially for gray scale images, use the document glass instead of the ADF.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 194
1. Place the document(s) facing up on the ADF with the top edge of the documents in first. Then
adjust the document guides to the correct document size.
2. Adjust the document resolution. (For details, see “Resolution” on page 196.)
Loading an Original Document on the Document Glass
Using the document glass, you can load one sheet at a time.
1. Lift and open the document cover.
2. Place the document face down on the document glass and align it with the registration guide on the
top left corner of the document glass.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 195
c
Caution:
Do not apply excessive force to hold thick document on the document glass. It may break the
glass and cause injuries.
3. Close the document cover.
Note:
❏ Ensure that no document is in the ADF. If any document is detected in the ADF, it takes priority
over the document on the document glass.
❏ If you are faxing a page from a book or magazine, lift the document cover until its hinges are
caught by the stopper and then close the document cover. If the book or magazine is thicker than
30 mm, start faxing with the document cover open.
4. Adjust the document resolution. (For details, see “Resolution” on page 196.)
Resolution
You can improve the quality of the fax document by adjusting the resolution, especially for the
document in low-quality or containing the photographic image.
1. Press the Fax button.
2. Select Resolution, and then press the
button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 196
3. Select the desired setting, and then press the button.
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Standard*
Suitable for documents with normal sized characters.
Fine
Suitable for documents containing small characters or thin lines or documents
printed using a dot-matrix printer.
Super Fine
Suitable for documents containing extremely fine detail. The super fine mode is
enabled only if the remote machine also supports the Super Fine resolution. See the
note below.
Photo
Suitable for documents containing photographic images.
Note:
Faxes scanned in the Super Fine mode transmit at the highest resolution supported by the receiving
device.
Lighten/Darken
You can adjust the contrast of the fax document to be lighter or darker than the original.
1. Press the Fax button.
2. Select Lighten/Darken, and then press the button.
3. Select the desired setting, and then press the
button.
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Lighter3
Works well with dark print.
Lighter2
Lighter1
Normal*
Works well with standard typed or printed documents.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 197
Darker1
Works well with light print or faint pencil markings.
Darker2
Darker3
Inserting a Pause
For some telephone systems, it is necessary to dial an access code and listen for a second dial tone. A
pause must be entered in order for the access code to function. For example, enter the access code 9
and then press the Redial/Pause button before entering the telephone number. “-” appears on the
LCD panel to indicate when a pause is entered.
Sending a Fax Automatically
1. Load the document(s) face up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document face down on the document glass, and close the document cover.
See Also:
❏ “Loading an Original Document on the ADF” on page 194
❏ “Loading an Original Document on the Document Glass” on page 195
2. Press the Fax button.
3. Adjust the document resolution to suit your fax needs.
See Also:
❏ “Resolution” on page 196
❏ “Lighten/Darken” on page 197
4. To select a fax number, do one of the followings:
❏ Select Fax to, and then press the
button. Select Phone Book, and then press the
button.
❏ Press the One Touch Dial button, and go to step 6.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 198
You need to register a speed dial number before you can use the One Touch Dial button. (For
details, see “Storing a Number for Speed Dialing” on page 211.)
❏ Select Fax to, and then press the Address Book button. Select one of the followings:
All Entries
Displays a list of registered fax numbers.
Group Dial
Displays a list of registered group dial numbers.
Search Local
Searches for a fax number from the local Phone Book.
Search Server
Searches for a fax number on the LDAP server. This item is displayed when Server
Phone Book in the System Settings menu is set to On.
❏ Press the Redial/Pause button to redial, and go to step 6.
❏ Press the Speed Dial button. (For details, see “Sending a Fax Using a Speed Dial” on
page 212.)
5. Select the desired recipient, and then press the
button to select the recipients. Press the
button to confirm.
6. Press the Start button.
When the document is placed on the document glass, the display prompts you for another page.
Select Yes to add more documents or No to begin sending the fax immediately, and then press the
button.
The printer starts dialing the number, and then sending the fax when the remote fax machine is
ready.
Note:
By pressing the Stop button, you can cancel the fax job at any time while sending the fax.
Sending a Fax Manually
1. Load the document(s) face up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document face down on the document glass, and close the document cover.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 199
See Also:
❏ “Loading an Original Document on the ADF” on page 194
❏ “Loading an Original Document on the Document Glass” on page 195
2. Press the Fax button.
3. Adjust the document resolution to suit your fax needs.
See Also:
❏ “Resolution” on page 196
❏ “Lighten/Darken” on page 197
4. Select OnHook, and then press the
button.
5. Select On, and then press the
button.
6. Enter the remote fax machine’s fax number using the numeric keypad.
Note:
❏ You can enter a fax number using the ten key, *, and #.
❏ Pressing the Redial/Pause button enables you to enter a pause in the fax number.
❏ Entering “=” in the fax number enables dial tone detection.
❏ Entering “:” enables you to switch dialing type from dial pulse (DP) to push button (PB).
7. If the document is loaded in the ADF, press the Start button.
If the document is not loaded in the ADF, press the Start button, press the
or button until the
desired setting appears, and then press the
button.
Note:
By pressing the Stop button, you can cancel the fax job at any time while sending the fax.
Confirming Transmissions
When the last page of your document has been sent successfully, the printer beeps and returns to the
standby mode.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 200
If something goes wrong while sending your fax, an error message appears on the LCD panel.
If you receive an error message, press the
button to clear the message and try to send the document
again.
You can set your printer to print a confirmation report automatically after each fax transmission.
See Also:
“Printing a Report Page” on page 225
Automatic Redialing
If the number you have dialed is busy or there is no answer when you send a fax, the printer will
automatically redial the number every minute based on the number set in the redial settings.
To change the time interval between redials and the number of redial attempts, see “Available Fax
Settings Options” on page 220.
Note:
The printer will not automatically redial a number that was busy when the number was manually
entered.
Sending a Delayed Fax
The Delayed Start mode can be used to save scanned documents for transmission at a specified time to
take advantage of lower long distance rates.
1. Load the document(s) face up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document face down on the document glass, and close the document cover.
See Also:
❏ “Loading an Original Document on the ADF” on page 194
❏ “Loading an Original Document on the Document Glass” on page 195
2. Press the Fax button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 201
3. Adjust the document resolution to suit your fax needs.
See Also:
❏ “Resolution” on page 196
❏ “Lighten/Darken” on page 197
4. Select Delayed Start, and then press the
button.
5. Select On, and then press the
button.
6. Enter the start time using the numeric keypad or select the start time using the
or button, and
then press the
button.
7. Select Fax to, and then press the
button.
8. Select Keypad, and then press the
button.
9. Enter the number of the remote machine using the numeric keypad, and then press the
button.
You can also use speed or group dial numbers.
See Also:
“Automatic Dialing” on page 211
10. Press the Start button to scan data.
Once Delayed Start mode is activated, your printer stores all of the documents to be faxed into its
memory and sends them at the specified time. After faxing in the Delayed Start mode is complete, the
data in the memory is cleared.
Note:
If you turn off and on the printer, the stored documents are sent as soon as the printer is activated.
Sending a Fax from the Driver (Direct Fax)
You can send a fax directly from the computer running a Microsoft
®
Windows
®
operating system or
Mac OS
®
X by using the driver.
Note:
Only black and white faxes can be sent using Direct Fax.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 202
For Windows
Note:
❏ The names of the dialog boxes and the buttons may be different from those given in the following
procedure depending on the application you are using.
❏ To use this feature, you must install the fax driver. (For details, see “Inserting the Software Disc” on
page 67.)
1. Open the file you want to send by fax.
2. Open the print dialog box from the application, and then select EPSON AL-CX29 PCL6.
3. Click Preferences.
4. Specify the fax settings. For more information, click Help of the driver.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 203
Note:
The settings done here are only applied to a single fax job.
5. Click OK to close the Printing Preferences dialog box.
6. Click Print.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 204
The Set / Check Fax Transmission dialog box appears.
7. Specify the destination for the recipient in one of the following ways. For details on how to specify
the destination, see the Help of the driver.
a Enter the name and fax number directly.
b Select a fax number from a phone book.
❏ Look Up Address Book: Displays a list of fax numbers that are saved in the file specified for
My Address Book file.
❏ Import and add file: Allows you to select a source file such as a CSV file, WAB file, MAPI, or a
LDAP server. (For details on LDAP server, see “Server Phone Book” on page 263.)
Note:
Enter the password in Passcode in the Authorization area before sending a fax if the Fax service is
locked with a password.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 205
For Mac OS X
Note:
❏ The names of the dialog boxes and the buttons may be different from those given in the following
procedure depending on the application you are using.
❏ To use this feature, you must install the fax driver.
1. Open the file you want to send by fax.
2. Open the print dialog box from the application, and then select EPSON AcuLaser CX29.
Note:
Select the printer name that you specified when adding the printer.
3. Select Fax Setting.
4. Specify the fax settings.
Note:
The settings done here are only applied to a single fax job.
5. Click Print.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 206
The Set / Check Fax Transmission dialog box appears.
6. Specify the destination for the recipient in one of the following ways. For details on how to enter
the destination, see the Help file for the driver.
a Enter the name and fax number directly.
b Select a fax number from a phone book.
❏ Look Up Address Book: Displays a list of fax numbers that are saved in the file specified for
My Address Book file.
Note:
Enter the password in Password in the Authorization area before sending a fax if the Fax service is
locked with a password.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 207
Receiving a Fax
About Receiving Modes
Note:
To use the TEL/FAX Mode or Ans/FAX Mode, connect an external telephone or answering machine to
the phone connector (
) on the rear of your printer.
When the memory is full, you cannot receive a fax automatically. Use an external telephone to receive
a fax manually.
See Also:
“Receiving a Fax Manually Using an External Telephone” on page 209
Loading Paper for Receiving Faxes
The instructions for loading paper in the paper tray are the same whether you are printing, faxing, or
copying, except that faxes can only be printed on Letter-sized, A4-sized, or Legal-sized paper.
See Also:
❏ “Loading Print Media” on page 91
❏ “Setting Paper Sizes and Types” on page 100
Receiving a Fax Automatically in the FAX Mode
Your printer is preset to the FAX Mode at the factory.
If you receive a fax, the printer automatically goes into the FAX Mode after a specified period of time
and receives the fax.
To change the interval at which the printer goes into the FAX Mode after receiving an incoming call,
see “Available Fax Settings Options” on page 220.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 208
Receiving a Fax Manually in the TEL Mode
You can receive a fax by picking up the handset of the external telephone and then pressing the remote
receive code (see “Available Fax Settings Options” on page 220), or by setting OnHook to On (you can
hear voice or fax tones from the remote machine) and then pressing the Start button.
The printer begins receiving a fax and returns to the standby mode when the reception is completed.
Receiving a Fax Automatically in the TEL/FAX Mode or Ans/FAX Mode
To use the TEL/FAX Mode or Ans/FAX Mode, you must connect an external telephone to the phone
connector (
) on the rear of your printer.
If the caller leaves a message, the answering machine stores the message as it would normally. If your
printer hears a fax tone on the line, it automatically starts to receive a fax.
Note:
If you have set your printer to Ans/FAX Mode and your answering machine is turned off, or no
answering machine is connected to your printer, your printer will automatically go into the FAX Mode
after a predefined time.
Receiving a Fax Manually Using an External Telephone
This feature works best when you are using an external telephone connected to the phone connector
(
) on the rear of your printer. You can receive a fax from someone you are talking to on the external
telephone without having to go to the printer.
When you receive a call on the external telephone and hear fax tones, press the two-digit keys on the
external telephone, or set OnHook to On and then press the Start button.
The printer receives the document.
Press the buttons slowly in sequence. If you still hear the fax tone from the remote machine, try
pressing the two-digit keys once again.
The remote receive code is set to Off at the factory. You can change the two-digit number to whatever
you choose. For details on changing the code, see “Available Fax Settings Options” on page 220.
Note:
Set the dialing system of your external telephone to DTMF.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 209
Receiving Faxes Using the DRPD Mode
The Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection (DRPD) is a telephone company service which enables a user
to use a single telephone line to answer several different telephone numbers. The particular number
someone uses to call you on is identified by different ringing patterns, which consist of various
combinations of long and short ringing sounds.
Before using the DRPD option, Distinctive Ring service must be installed on your telephone line by
the telephone company. To set up DRPD, you will need another telephone line at your location, or
someone available to dial your fax number from outside.
To set up the DRPD:
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Admin Menu, and then press the
button.
3. Select Fax Settings, and then press the
button.
4. Select DRPD Pattern, and then press the
button.
5. Select the desired pattern, and then press the
button.
6. Reboot the printer by turning the power switch off and then on again.
To receive faxes in the DRPD, you need to set the menu to DRPD. For details, see “Available Fax
Settings Options” on page 220.
Receiving Faxes in the Memory
Since your printer is a multi-tasking device, it can receive faxes while you are making copies or
printing. If you receive a fax while you are copying, printing, or run out of paper or toner, your printer
stores incoming faxes in the memory. Then, as soon as you finish copying, printing, or re-supply the
toner cartridges, the printer automatically prints the fax.
Polling Receive
You can receive faxes from the remote fax machine when you want to receive it.
1. Press the Fax button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 210
2. Select Polling Receive, and then press the button.
3. Select On, and then press the
button.
4. Enter the number of the remote machine using the numeric keypad, and then press the
button.
Note:
For information on how to enter the fax number of the remote machine, see “Sending a Fax
Automatically” on page 198 or “Sending a Fax Manually” on page 199.
5. Press the Start button.
Automatic Dialing
Speed Dialing
You can store up to 200 frequently dialed numbers in speed dial locations (001–200).
When the speed dial job specified in the delayed fax or redial exists, you cannot change the speed dial
number from the operator panel or EpsonNet Config.
Storing a Number for Speed Dialing
1. Press the Address Book button.
2. Select Phone Book, and then press the
button.
3. Select Speed Dial, and then press the
button.
4. Select the desired speed dial number between 001 and 200, and then press the
button.
5. Select Name, and then press the
button.
6. Enter the name, and then press the
button.
7. Select Fax Number, and then press the
button.
8. Enter the number you want to store using the numeric keypad, and then press the
button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 211
To insert a pause between numbers, press the Redial/Pause button. “-” appears on the LCD
panel.
9. Select Apply Settings, and then press the
button.
10. Select Yes, and then press the
button.
To store more fax numbers, repeat steps 4 to 10.
To cancel the changed setting and return to the top level of the Address Book menu, press the
Clear All button.
Sending a Fax Using a Speed Dial
1. Load the document(s) face up with top edge in first into the ADF.
OR
Place a single document face down on the document glass, and close the document cover.
See Also:
❏ “Loading an Original Document on the ADF” on page 194
❏ “Loading an Original Document on the Document Glass” on page 195
2. To enter the speed dial number, do one of the followings after pressing the Fax button:
❏ Select Fax to, and then press the
button. Select Speed Dial, and then press the
button.
❏ Press the Speed Dial button.
3. Enter the speed dial number between 001 and 200 using the numeric keypad, and then press the
button.
The corresponding entry’s name briefly displays on the LCD panel. To confirm the name again,
press the
button.
4. Adjust the document resolution to suit your fax needs.
See Also:
❏ “Resolution” on page 196
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 212
❏ “Lighten/Darken” on page 197
5. Press the Start button.
The document scans into the memory.
When the document is placed on the document glass, the display prompts you for another page.
Select Yes to add more documents or No to begin sending the fax immediately, and then press the
button.
The fax number stored in the speed dial location is automatically dialed. The document is sent
when the remote fax machine answers.
Note:
Using the asterisk (*) in the first digit, you can send a document to multiple locations. For example, if
you enter 00*, you can send a document to the locations registered between 001 and 009.
Group Dialing
If you frequently send the same document to several destinations, you can create a group of these
destinations and set them under a one-digit group dial location. This enables you to use a group dial
number setting to send the same document to all the destinations in the group.
Note:
You cannot include one group dial number within another group dial number.
Setting Group Dial
1. Press the Address Book button.
2. Select Phone Book, and then press the
button.
3. Select Group Dial, and then press the
button.
4. Select the desired group dial number between 01 and 06, and then press the
button.
5. Select Name, and then press the
button.
6. Enter the name, and then press the
button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 213
7. Select Speed Dial No, and then press the button.
8. Select the desired number, select the speed dial numbers, and then press the
button to confirm.
9. Select Apply Settings, and then press the
button.
10. Select Yes, and then press the
button.
To store more group dial numbers, repeat steps 4 to 10.
To cancel the changed setting and return to the top level of the Address Book menu, press the
Clear All button.
Editing Group Dial
You can delete a specific speed dial number from a selected group or add a new number to the selected
group.
1. Press the Address Book button.
2. Select Phone Book, and then press the
button.
3. Select Group Dial, and then press the
button.
4. Select the group dial number that you want to edit, and then press the
button.
5. To change the group dial name:
a Select Name, and then press the
button.
b Enter a new name, and then press the
button.
c Select Apply Settings, and then press the
button.
d Select Yes, and then press the
button.
6. To change the speed dial number:
a Select Speed Dial No, and then press the
button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 214
b Select the speed dial number that you want to edit, and then select or deselect the speed dial
number. Press the
button.
c Select Apply Settings, and then press the
button.
d Select Yes, and then press the
button.
7. To delete the group dial:
a
Press the C (Clear) button.
b Select Yes, and then press the
button.
Note:
When you delete the last speed dial in a group, the group itself is not deleted.
8. If you want to edit another group dial number, repeat steps 4 to 7.
To cancel the changed setting and return to the top level of the Address Book menu, press the
Clear All button.
Sending a Fax Using Group Dialing (Multi-address Transmission)
You can use group dialing for broadcasting or delayed transmissions.
Follow the procedure of the desired operation (For delayed transmission, see “Sending a Delayed Fax”
on page 201).
You can use one or more group numbers in one operation. Then continue the procedure to complete
the desired operation.
Your printer automatically scans the document loaded in the ADF or on the document glass into the
memory. The printer dials each of the numbers included in the group.
Printing a Fax Address Book List
You can check your automatic dial setting by printing a Fax Address Book list.
1. Press the System button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 215
2. Select Report/List, and then press the button.
3. Select Fax Address Book, and then press the
button.
A list of your Fax Address Book entries is printed.
Other Ways to Fax
Using the Secure Receiving Mode
You may need to prevent your received faxes from being accessed by unauthorized people. You can
turn on the secure fax mode using the Secure Receive option to restrict printing out all of the
received faxes when the printer is unattended. In the secure receiving mode, all incoming faxes will go
in memory. When the mode turns off, any faxes stored will be printed.
Note:
Before operation, ensure Panel Lock is enabled.
To turn the secure receiving mode on:
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Admin Menu, and then press the
button.
3. Select Secure Settings, and then press the
button.
4. Select Secure Receive, and then press the
button.
5. Select SecureReceiveSet, and then press the
button.
6. Select Enable, and then press the
button.
7. Select Change Password, and then press the
button.
8. Enter a four-digit password using the numeric keypad, and then press the
button.
9. To return to the top level of the System menu, press the Clear All button.
When a fax is received in the secure receiving mode, your printer stores it into memory and the
Active Jobs screen displays Secure Receive to let you know that there is a fax stored.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 216
To print received documents:
1. Press the Print button.
2. Select Secure Receive, and then press the button.
3. Enter the password, and then press the
button.
The faxes stored in memory are printed.
To turn the secure receiving mode off:
1. Access the SecureReceiveSet menu by following steps from 1 to 5 in “To turn the secure
receiving mode on:”.
2. Select Disable, and then press the
button.
To cancel the changed setting and return to the top level of the System menu, press the Clear All
button.
Using an Answering Machine
1
2
3
5
4
1 To the wall jack
2Printer
3Line
4 Telephone Answering Device
5 Phone
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 217
You can connect a telephone answering device (TAD) directly to the rear of your printer as shown
above.
❏ Set your printer to the Ans/FAX Mode and set Auto Ans. Ans/FAX to specify the time for the
TAD.
❏ When the TAD picks up the call, the printer monitors and takes the line if fax tones are received
and then starts receiving the fax.
❏ If the answering device is off, the printer automatically goes into the FAX Mode after the ring tone
sounds for a predefined time.
❏ If you answer the call and hear fax tones, the printer will answer the fax call if you
Set OnHook to On (you can hear voice or fax tones from the remote machine), and then press the
Start button and hang up the receiver.
OR
Press the two-digit remote receive code and hang up the receiver.
Using a Computer Modem
1
2
3
5
4
6
1 To the internet
2Computer
3Printer
4Line
5 Telephone Answering Device
6 Phone
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 218
If you want to use your computer modem for faxing or for a dial-up internet connection, connect the
computer modem directly to the rear of your printer with the TAD as shown above.
❏ Set your printer to the Ans/FAX Mode and set Auto Ans. Ans/FAX to specify the time for the
TAD.
❏ Turn off the computer modem’s Fax Receive feature.
❏ Do not use the computer modem if your printer is sending or receiving a fax.
❏ Follow the instructions provided with your computer modem and fax application to fax via the
computer modem.
Setting Sounds
Speaker Volume
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Admin Menu, and then press the
button.
3. Select Fax Settings, and then press the
button.
4. Select Line Monitor, and then press the
button.
5. Select the desired volume, and then press the
button.
6. Reboot the printer by turning the power switch off and then on.
Ringer Volume
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Admin Menu, and then press the
button.
3. Select Fax Settings, and then press the
button.
4. Select Ring Tone Volume, and then press the
button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 219
5. Select the desired volume, and then press the button.
6. Reboot the printer by turning the power switch off and then on.
Specifying the Fax Settings
Changing the Fax Settings Options
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Admin Menu, and then press the
button.
3. Select Fax Settings, and then press the
button.
4. Select the desired menu item, and then press the
button.
5. Select the desired setting or enter the value using the numeric keypad.
6. Press the
button to save the selection.
7. Ensure that the message This Setting Becomes Effective after Restart appears, and
then press any button.
8. If necessary, repeat steps 4 and 5.
9. To cancel the changed setting and return to the top level of the System menu, press the Clear All
button.
Available Fax Settings Options
You can use the following settings options for configuring the fax system:
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 220
Option Description
Ans Select TEL Mode
Automatic fax reception is turned off. You can receive a fax by picking
up the handset of the external telephone and then pressing the
remote receive code, or by setting OnHook to On (you can hear voice or
fax tones from the remote machine) and then pressing the Start
button.
FAX Mode*
Automatically receives faxes.
TEL/FAX Mode
When the printer receives an incoming fax, the external telephone
rings for the time specified in Auto Ans. TEL/FAX, and then the
printer automatically receives a fax. If an incoming call is not a fax, the
printer beeps from the internal speaker indicating that the call is a
telephone call.
Ans/FAX Mode
The printer can share a telephone line with an answering machine. In
this mode, the printer will monitor the fax signal and pick up the line if
there are fax tones.
DRPD Mode
Before using the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection (DRPD) option,
distinctive ring service must be installed on your telephone line by the
telephone company. After the telephone company has provided a
separate number for faxing with a distinctive ring pattern, configure
the fax setup to monitor for that specific ring pattern.
Auto Answer Fax
Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode
after receiving an incoming call. The interval can be specified within
the range of 0 to 255 seconds. The default is 0 second.
Auto Ans. TEL/FAX
Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode
after the external telephone receives an incoming call. The interval can
be specified within the range of 0 to 255 seconds. The default is 6
seconds.
Auto Ans. Ans/FAX
Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode
after the external answering machine receives an incoming call. The
interval can be specified within the range of 0 to 255 seconds. The
default is 21 seconds.
Line Monitor
Sets the volume of the line monitor, which audibly monitors a
transmission through the internal speaker until a connection is made.
Ring Tone Volume
Sets the volume of the ring tone, which indicates that an incoming call
is a telephone call through the internal speaker when Ans Select is
set to TEL/FAX Mode.
Line Type
You can select the default line type.
❏ PSTN
❏ PBX
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 221
Option Description
Dialing Type
You can select the dialing type.
❏ PB
❏ DP (10PPS)
❏ DP (20PPS)
Interval Timer
You can specify the interval between transmission attempts within the
range of 3 to 255 seconds. The default is 8 seconds.
Number of Redial
You can specify the number of redial attempts to make when the
destination fax number is busy, within the range of 0 to 9. If you enter 0,
the printer will not redial.
Redial Interval
Your printer can automatically redial a remote fax machine if it was
busy. Intervals from 1–15 minutes can be entered.
Junk Fax Filter
You can reject faxes sent from unwanted stations. The system only
accepts faxes from the remote stations registered in the speed dial.
This feature is useful for blocking any unwanted faxes.
Select Off to turn the feature off. Anybody can send you a fax.
Select On to turn the feature on.
Remote Receive
You can receive a fax by pressing the remote receive code on the
external telephone after picking up the handset of the telephone.
Remote Rcv Tone
You can specify the tone when Remote Receive is set to On.
Send Header
Prints the sender’s information on the header of faxes.
Select Off to turn this feature off.
Select On to turn this feature on.
For information on the region setting, see “Setting Your Region” on
page 191.
Company Name
Specifies the sender’s name to be printed on the header of faxes.
Your Fax Number
Specifies the fax number of the printer, which will be printed on the
header of faxes. This feature is available when you set Send Header to
On. The number specified in Fax Number is used in the printer ID.
Fax Cover Page
You can set whether to attach a cover page to faxes when sending
faxes.
DRPD Pattern
Before using the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection (DRPD) option,
distinctive ring service must be installed on your telephone line by the
telephone company. After the telephone company has provided a
separate number for faxing with a distinctive ring pattern, configure
the fax setup to monitor for that specific ring pattern.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 222
Option Description
2-Sided Print
You can set whether to make duplex print when you print faxes.
Select Off to print faxes on one side of a sheet of paper.
Select On to print faxes on both sides of a sheet of paper.
Sent Fax Fwd
You can set your printer to forward incoming faxes to another fax
number. When a fax arrives at your printer, it is stored in the memory.
Then, the printer dials the fax number that you have specified and
sends the fax.
Select Off not to forward incoming faxes.
Select Forward to forward incoming faxes without printing. If an error
occurs during forwarding a received fax, the printer prints the fax.
Select Print & Forward to forward and print incoming faxes.
Fwd. Settings Num
You enter the fax number of the destination to which incoming faxes
will be forwarded.
Prefix Dial
You can specify whether or not to set a prefix dial number.
Prefix Dial Num
You can set a prefix dial number of up to five digits. This number dials
before any auto dial number is started. It is useful for accessing the
Private Automatic Branch Exchange (PBX).
Discard Size
When receiving a document as long as or longer than the paper
installed in your printer, you can set the printer to discard any excess at
the bottom of the page. If the received page is outside the margin you
set, it will print on two sheets of paper at the actual size. When the
document is within the margin and Discard Size is set to Auto
Reduction, the printer reduces the document to fit it onto the
appropriate sized paper and discard does not occur. If Discard Size
is set to other than Auto Reduction, the data within the margin will be
discarded.
ECM
You can set whether to enable or disable the ECM (Error Correction
Mode).
Extel Hook Thresh
You can select the external telephone hook detection threshold for the
condition in which a telephone line is not being used.
Modem Speed
You can set the modem speed.
Region
You can select the region where the printer is used.
You can change this setting when:
❏ No jobs in operation
❏ No fax jobs waiting in the memory
Fax Activity
You can set whether to automatically print a fax activity report after
every 50 incoming and outgoing fax communications.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 223
Option Description
Fax Transmit
You can set whether to print a transmission result after a fax
transmission.
Fax Broadcast
You can set whether to print a transmission result after a fax broadcast
to multiple locations.
Fax Protocol
You can set whether to print the protocol monitor report after a fax
transmission to monitor fax protocol problems.
Prefix Dial
Note:
Prefix Dial supports only the environment where you send a fax to the external line number. To use
Prefix Dial, you must do the following from the operator panel.
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Admin Menu, and then press the
button.
3. Select Fax Settings, and then press the
button.
4. Select Line Type, and then press the
button.
5. Select PBX, and then press the
button.
6. Select Prefix Dial, and then press the
button.
7. Select On, and then press the
button.
8. Select Prefix Dial Num, and then press the
button.
9. Enter an up-to-five-digit prefix number from 0–9, *, and #, and then press the
button.
10. Reboot the printer by turning the power switch off and then on.
Changing Setting Options
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Defaults Settings, and then press the
button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 224
3. Select Fax Defaults, and then press the button.
4. Select the desired menu item, and then press the
button.
5. Select the desired setting or enter the value using the numeric keypad, and then press the
button.
6. To return to the top level of the System menu, press the Clear All button.
Printing a Report Page
The following reports may be useful when you use the fax:
❏ Fax Address Book
This list shows all the fax numbers currently stored in the memory of your printer as speed dial
numbers.
You can print this Fax Address Book list from the operator panel. (For details, see also “Printing a
Fax Address Book List” on page 215.)
❏ Email Address Book
This list shows all the e-mail addresses currently stored in the printer’s memory as Email Address
Book information.
❏ Fax Activity
This report shows information about the faxes you recently received or sent.
❏ Fax Pending
This list shows the status of pending faxes. You may print this list to confirm your changes after
changing any settings.
Procedures:
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Report/List, and then press the
button.
3. Select the report or list you want to print, and then press the
button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 225
The selected report or list is printed.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Faxing 226
Chapter 9
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad
Understanding the Printer Menus
When your printer is connected to a network and available to a number of users, the access to the
Admin Menu can be limited. This prevents other users from using the operator panel to inadvertently
change a user default that has been set by the administrator.
However, you can use your print driver to override user defaults and select settings for individual print
jobs.
Report/List
Use the Report/List menu to print various types of reports and lists.
System Settings
Purpose:
To print a list of the current user default values, the installed options, the amount of installed print
memory, and the status of printer supplies.
Panel Settings
Purpose:
To print a detailed list of all the settings on the operator panel menus.
PCL Fonts List
Purpose:
To print a sample of the available PCL fonts.
PCL Macro List
Purpose:
To print the information on the downloaded PCL macro.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 227
PS Fonts List
Purpose:
To print a sample of the available PS fonts.
Job History
Purpose:
To print a detailed list of the print, copy, fax, or scan jobs that have been processed. This list contains
the last 20 jobs.
Error History
Purpose:
To print a detailed list of paper jams and fatal errors.
Printer Meter
Purpose:
To print the reports for the total number of pages printed.
Protocol Monitor
Purpose:
To print a detailed list of monitored protocols.
Fax Address Book
Purpose:
To print the list of all fax addresses stored as Fax Address Book information.
Email Address Book
Purpose:
To print the list of all e-mail addresses stored as Email Address Book information.
Server Address
Purpose:
To print the list of all server addresses stored as Server Address information.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 228
Fax Activity
Purpose:
To print the report of faxes you recently received or sent.
Fax Pending
Purpose:
To print the list of status of pending faxes.
Stored Documents
Note:
Stored Documents feature is available only when the 512 MB additional memory module is installed on
the printer and RAM Disk under System Settings is enabled.
Purpose:
To print a list of all files stored for Secure Print and Sample Print in the RAM disk.
Billing Meters
Purpose:
To check the total number of printed pages.
Values:
Total Impression
Displays the total number of color and monochrome prints (Color Impression +
Black Impression).
Color Impression
Displays the total number of color prints.
Black Impression
Displays the total number of monochrome prints.
Admin Menu
Use the Admin Menu menu to configure a variety of printer features.
Phone Book
Use the Phone Book menu to configure the speed dial and group dial settings.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 229
Speed Dial
Purpose:
To store up to 200 frequently dialed numbers in speed dial locations.
Group Dial
Purpose:
To create a group of fax destinations and register it under a two-digit dial code. Up to six group dial
codes can be registered.
PCL Settings
Use the PCL Settings menu to change printer settings that only affect jobs using the PCL emulation
printer language.
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Paper Tray
Purpose:
To specify the default paper tray.
Values:
Auto*
Tray 1
Tray 2
*1
Manual Feed Slot
*1
Tray 2 is available only when the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit is installed.
Output Size
Purpose:
To specify the default paper size.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 230
Values:
mm series
A4 - 210x297mm
*1
A5 - 148x210mm
B5 - 182x257mm
Letter - 8.5x11"
US Folio - 8.5x13"
Legal - 8.5x14"
Executive - 7.25x10.5"
Monarch Env. - 3.9x7.5"
DL Env. - 110x220mm
C5 Env. - 162x229mm
#10 Env. - 4.1x9.5"
New Custom Size Portrait(Y)
297 mm* Specifies the length of the
custom size paper.
127 - 355 mm
Landscape(X)
210 mm* Specifies the width of the
custom size paper.
77 - 215 mm
*1
The default for Output Size varies depending on country-specific factory.
inch series
Letter - 8.5x11"
*1
US Folio - 8.5x13"
Legal - 8.5x14"
A4 - 210x297mm
A5 - 148x210mm
B5 - 182x257mm
Executive - 7.25x10.5"
Monarch Env. - 3.9x7.5"
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 231
DL Env. - 110x220mm
C5 Env. - 162x229mm
#10 Env. - 4.1x9.5"
New Custom Size Portrait (Y)
11.7 inch* Specifies the length of the
custom size paper.
5.0-14.0 inches
Landscape (X)
8.3 inch* Specifies the width of the
custom size paper.
3.0-8.5 inches
*1
The default for Output Size varies depending on country-specific factory.
Note:
Selecting a custom size for the paper size prompts you to enter a custom length and width.
Orientation
Purpose:
To specify how text and graphics are oriented on the page.
Values:
Portrait*
Prints text and graphics parallel to the short edge of the paper.
Landscape
Prints text and graphics parallel to the long edge of the paper.
2-Sided
Purpose:
To specify whether to print on both sides of a sheet of paper.
Values:
2-Sided Print Off*
Does not print on both sides of a sheet of paper.
On
Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper.
Binding Edge Long Edge Flip*
Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be bound by long edge.
Short Edge Flip
Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be bound by short edge.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 232
Font
Purpose:
To specify the default font from the fonts registered in the printer.
Values:
Courier* Helvetica ITC A G Go Dm
Courier It Helvetica Ob ITC A G Go DmOb
Courier Bd Helvetica Bd ZapfC MdIt
Courier BdIt Helvetica BdOb ZapfDingbats
LetterGothic CourierPS CG Times
LetterGothic It CourierPS Ob CG Times It
LetterGothic Bd CourierPS Bd CG Times Bd
Albertus Md CourierPS BdOb CG Times BdIt
Albertus XBd SymbolPS Univers Md
Clarendon Cd Palatino Roman Univers MdIt
Coronet Palatino It Univers Bd
Marigold Palatino Bd Univers BdIt
Arial Palatino BdIt Univers MdCd
Arial It ITCBookman Lt Univers MdCdIt
Arial Bd ITCBookman LtIt Univers BdCd
Arial BdIt ITCBookmanDm Univers BdCdIt
Times New ITCBookmanDm It AntiqueOlv
Times New It HelveticaNr AntiqueOlv It
Times New Bd HelveticaNr Ob AntiqueOlv Bd
Times New BdIt HelveticaNr Bd CG Omega
Symbol HelveticaNrBdOb CG Omega It
Wingdings N C Schbk Roman CG Omega Bd
Line Printer N C Schbk It CG Omega BdIt
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 233
Times Roman N C Schbk Bd GaramondAntiqua
Times It N C Schbk BdIt Garamond Krsv
Times Bd ITC A G Go Bk Garamond Hlb
Times BdIt ITC A G Go BkOb GaramondKrsvHlb
Symbol Set
Purpose:
To specify a symbol set for a specified font.
Values:
ROMAN-8* WIN L1 ISO-6
ISO L1 WIN L2 ISO-11
ISO L2 WIN L5 ISO-15
ISO L5 DESKTOP ISO-17
ISO L6 PS TEXT ISO-21
PC-8 MC TEXT ISO-60
PC-8 DN MS PUB ISO-69
PC-775 MATH-8 WIN 3.0
PC-850 PS MATH WINBALT
PC-852 PI FONT SYMBOL
PC-1004 LEGAL WINGDINGS
PC-8 TK ISO-4 DNGBTSMS
Font Size
Purpose:
To specify the font size for scalable typographic fonts, within the range of 4.00 to 50.00. The default is
12.00.
Font size refers to the height of the characters in the font. One point equals approximately 1/72 of an
inch.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 234
Note:
The Font Size menu is only displayed for typographic fonts.
Font Pitch
Purpose:
To specify the font pitch for scalable mono spaced fonts, within the range of 6.00 to 24.00. The default
is 10.00.
Font pitch refers to the number of fixed-space characters in a horizontal inch of type. For
nonscheduled mono spaced fonts, the pitch is displayed, but cannot be changed.
Note:
The Font Pitch menu is only displayed for fixed or mono spaced fonts.
Form Line
Purpose:
To set the number of lines in a page.
Values:
64
*1
(mm series)/60
*1
(inch series)
Sets the value in increments of 1.
5–128
*1
Denotes country-specific factory default values.
The printer sets the amount of space between each line (vertical line spacing) based on the Form Line
and Orientation menu items. Select the correct Form Line and Orientation before changing
Form Line.
Quantity
Purpose:
To set the default print quantity, within the range of 1 to 999. The default is 1. (Set the number of copies
required for a specific job from the print driver. Values selected from the print driver always override
values selected from the operator panel.)
Image Enhance
Purpose:
To specify whether to enable the Image Enhance feature, which makes the boundary line between
black and white smoother to decrease jagged edges and enhance the visual appearance.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 235
Values:
On*
Enables the Image Enhance feature.
Off
Disables the Image Enhance feature.
Hex Dump
Purpose:
To help isolate the source of a print job problem. With Hex Dump selected, all data sent to the printer is
printed in hexadecimal and character representation. Control codes are not executed.
Values:
Disable*
Disables the Hex Dump feature.
Enable
Enables the Hex Dump feature.
Draft Mode
Purpose:
To save toner by printing in the draft mode. The print quality is reduced when you print in the draft
mode.
Values:
Disable*
Does not print in the draft mode.
Enable
Prints in the draft mode.
Line Termination
Purpose:
To add the line termination commands.
Values:
Off*
The line termination command is not added.
CR=CR, LF=LF, FF=FF
Add-LF
The LF command is added.
CR=CR-LF, LF=LF, FF=FF
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 236
Add-CR
The CR command is added.
CR=CR, LF=CR-LF, FF=CR-FF
CR-XX
The CR and LF commands are added.
CR=CR-LF, LF=CR-LF, FF=CR-FF
Output Color
Purpose:
To specify the color mode to Color or Black and White. This setting is used for a print job that does
not specify a print mode.
Values:
Black and White*
Prints in the black and white mode.
Color
Prints in the color mode.
PostScript Settings
Use the PostScript Settings menu to change printer settings that only affect jobs using the PostScript
emulation printer language.
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
PS Error Report
Purpose:
To specify whether to print the contents of PostScript errors.
Values:
Off
Dose not print the PS error report.
On*
Prints the PS error report.
PS Job Time-out
Purpose:
To specify the runtime of one PostScript job.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 237
Values:
Off*
Does not set the runtime of a PostScript job.
On 1
Sets the runtime of a PostScript job.
1-900 min.
Paper Select Mode
Purpose:
To set the way to select the paper tray for PostScript mode.
Values:
Auto*
Automatically selects the paper tray for PostScript mode.
Select From Tray
Manually selects the paper tray for PostScript mode.
Output Color
Purpose:
To set the default color for PostScript.
Values:
Color*
Prints in color mode.
Black and White
Prints in black and white mode.
Wired Network
Use the Wired Network menu to change the printer settings affecting jobs sent to the printer through
the wired network.
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Ethernet
Purpose:
To specify the communication speed and the duplex settings of Ethernet. The change becomes
effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 238
Values:
Auto*
Detects the Ethernet settings automatically.
10BASE-T Half
Uses 10BASE-T Half-duplex.
10BASE- T Full
Uses 10BASE-T Full-duplex.
100BASE- TX Half
Uses 100BASE-TX Half-duplex.
100BASE- TX Full
Uses 100BASE-TX Full-duplex.
1000BASE- T Full
Uses 1000BASE-T Full-duplex.
TCP/IP
Purpose:
To configure TCP/IP settings.
Values:
IP
Mode
Dual Stack*
Uses both IPv4 and IPv6 to set the IP address.
IPv4
Uses IPv4 to set the IP address.
IPv6
Uses IPv6 to set the IP address.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 239
IPv4 Get IP Address DHCP /
Autonet*
Sets the IP address automatically. A random value in the range of
169.254.1.0 to 169.254.254.255 that is not currently in use on the
network is set as the IP address. The subnet mask is set as 255.255.0.0.
BOOTP
Sets the IP address using BOOTP.
RARP
Sets the IP address using RARP.
DHCP
Sets the IP address using DHCP.
Panel
Use this option when you want to set the IP address manually on the
operator panel.
IP Address
When an IP address is being set manually, the IP is allocated to the
printer using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes up
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to 254. 127 and any value in
the range of 224 to 254 cannot be specified for the first octet of a
gateway address.
Subnet Mask
When an IP address is being set manually, the subnet mask is specified
using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes up
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to 255. 255.255.255.255
cannot be specified as the subnet mask.
Gateway Address
When an IP address is being set manually, the gateway address is
specified using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes up
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to 254. 127 and any value in
the range of 224 to 254 cannot be specified for the first octet of a
gateway address.
IPsec Disable*
Disables IPsec.
Note:
To enable IPsec, use “EpsonNet Config” on page 52. For details, refer to the Help on the Software Disc.
Protocol
Purpose:
To enable or disable each protocol. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and
then on again.
Values:
LPD Disable
Disables the Line Printer Daemon (LPD) port.
Enable*
Enables the LPD port.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 240
Port9100 Disable
Disables the Port9100 port.
Enable*
Enables the Port9100 port.
IPP Disable
Disables IPP port.
Enable*
Enables IPP port.
SMB TCP/IP Disable
Disables SMB TCP/IP port.
Enable*
Enables SMB TCP/IP port.
WSD Disable
Disables WSD port.
Enable*
Enables WSD port.
Network TWAIN Disable
Disables Network TWAIN.
Enable*
Enables Network TWAIN.
SNMP Disable
Disables the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) UDP port.
Enable*
Enables the SNMP UDP port.
StatusMessenger Disable
Disables the E-Mail Alert feature.
Enable*
Enables the E-Mail Alert feature.
InternetServices Disable Disables an access to EpsonNet Config embedded in the printer.
Enable* Enables an access to EpsonNet Config embedded in the printer.
Bonjour(mDNS) Disable
Disables Bonjour (mDNS).
Enable*
Enables Bonjour (mDNS).
Update Addr Book Disable
Disables Update Address Book.
Enable*
Enables Update Address Book.
HTTP-SSL/TLS Disable*
Disables HTTP-SSL/TLS.
Enable
Enables HTTP-SSL/TLS.
IP Filter
Note:
IP Filter feature is available only when Protocol is set to LPD or Port9100.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 241
Purpose:
To block data received from certain IP addresses through the wired network. You can set up to five IP
addresses. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.
Values:
No. n / Address (n is 1–5.)
Sets the IP address for Filter n.
No. n / Mask (n is 1–5.)
Sets the address mask for Filter n.
No. n / Mode (n is 1–
5.)
Off*
Disables the IP Filter feature for Filter n.
Accept
Accepts an access from the specified IP address.
Reject
Rejects an access from the specified IP address.
IEEE 802.1x
Note:
❏ IEEE 802.1x feature is available only when the printer is connected using LAN cable and it is
available only when the IEEE 802.1 authentication is enabled.
❏ To enable IEEE 802.1x, use “EpsonNet Config” on page 52. For details, refer to the Help on the
Software Disc.
Purpose:
To disable IEEE 802.1x authentication. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off
and then on again.
Value:
Disable
Disables IEEE 802.1x.
Initialize NVM
Purpose:
To initialize wired network data stored in non-volatile memory (NVM). After executing this function
and rebooting the printer, all wired network settings are reset to their default values.
Values:
Yes
Initializes the wired network data stored in NVM.
No*
Does not initialize the wired network data stored in NVM.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 242
Adobe Protocol
Purpose:
To set the PostScript communications protocol.
Values:
Auto*
Sets the PostScript communications protocol automatically.
Standard
Sets the PostScript communications protocol to Standard.
BCP
Sets the PostScript communications protocol to BCP.
TBCP
Sets the PostScript communications protocol to TBCP.
Binary
Sets the PostScript communications protocol to Binary.
Fax Settings
Use the Fax Settings menu to configure the basic fax settings.
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Ans Select
Purpose:
To select the default fax receiving mode.
Values:
TEL Mode
Automatic fax reception is turned off. You can receive a fax by picking up the
handset of the external phone and then pressing the remote receive code, or
by setting OnHook to On (you can hear voice or fax tones from the remote
machine) and then pressing Start button.
FAX Mode*
Automatically receives faxes.
TEL/FAX Mode
When the printer receives an incoming fax, the external telephone rings for the
time specified in Auto Ans. Tel/Fax, and then the printer automatically
receives a fax. If an incoming call is not a fax, the printer beeps from the internal
speaker indicating that the call is a telephone call.
Ans/FAX Mode
The printer can share a telephone line with an answering machine. In this
mode, the printer will monitor the fax signal and pick up the line if there are fax
tones. If the phone communication in your region is serial, this mode is not
supported.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 243
DRPD Mode
Before using the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection (DRPD) option, a distinctive
ring service must be installed on your telephone line by the telephone
company. After the telephone company has provided a separate number for
faxing with a distinctive ring pattern, configure the fax setup to monitor for that
specific ring pattern.
Auto Answer Fax
Purpose:
To set the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after receiving an incoming call.
The interval can be specified within the range of 0 to 255 seconds. The default is 0 second.
Auto Ans. TEL/FAX
Purpose:
To set the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after the external telephone
receives an incoming call. The interval can be specified within the range of 0 to 255 seconds. The
default is 6 seconds.
Auto Ans. Ans/FAX
Purpose:
To set the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after the external answering
machine receives an incoming call. The interval can be specified within the range of 0 to 255 seconds.
The default is 21 seconds.
Line Monitor
Purpose:
To set the volume of the line monitor, which audibly monitors a transmission through the internal
speaker until a connection is made.
Values:
Off
Turns off the volume of the line monitor.
Min
Sets the volume of the line monitor to Min.
Middle*
Sets the volume of the line monitor to Middle.
Max
Sets the volume of the line monitor to Max.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 244
Ring Tone Volume
Purpose:
To set the volume of the ring tone, which indicates that an incoming call is a telephone call through the
internal speaker when Ans Select is set to TEL/FAX Mode.
Values:
Off
Turns off the volume of the ring tone.
Min
Sets the volume of the ring tone to Min.
Middle
Sets the volume of the ring tone to Middle.
Max*
Sets the volume of the ring tone to Max.
Line Type
Purpose:
To select the default line type.
Values:
PSTN*
Uses PSTN.
PBX
Uses PBX.
Dialing Type
Purpose:
To select the dialing type.
Values:
PB*
Uses tone dialing.
DP(10PPS)
Sets “DP (10PPS)” (Dial Pulse, 10 Pulse Per Second) as the dial type.
DP(20PPS)
Sets “DP (20PPS)” (Dial Pulse, 20 Pulse Per Second) as the dial type.
Interval Timer
Purpose:
To specify the interval between transmission attempts within the range of 3 to 255 seconds. The
default is 8 seconds.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 245
Number of Redial
Purpose:
To specify the number of redial attempts to make when the destination fax number is busy, within the
range of 0 to 9. If you enter 0, the printer will not redial. The default is 3.
Redial Interval
Purpose:
To specify the interval between redial attempts within the range of 1 to 15 minutes. The default is 1
minute.
Junk Fax Filter
Purpose:
To reject unwanted faxes by accepting faxes only from the fax numbers registered in the Phone Book.
Values:
Off*
Does not reject faxes sent from unwanted numbers.
On
Rejects faxes sent from unwanted numbers.
Remote Receive
Purpose:
To receive a fax by pressing a remote receive code on the external telephone after picking up the
handset of the telephone.
Values:
Off*
Does not receive a fax by pressing a remote receive code on the external
telephone.
On
Receives a fax by pressing a remote receive code on the external telephone.
Remote Rcv Tone
Purpose:
To specify the tone in two digits to start Remote Receive.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 246
Send Header
Purpose:
To print the information of the sender on the header of the faxes.
Values:
Off
Does not print the sender’s information on the header of faxes.
On*
Prints the sender’s information on the header of faxes.
Company Name
Purpose:
To set the sender name to be printed on the header on faxes.
Your Fax Number
Purpose:
To set the fax number of the printer, which will be printed on the header of a fax message.
Note:
Ensure to specify Your Fax Number before using Junk Fax Filter.
Fax Cover Page
Purpose:
To set whether to attach a cover page to faxes.
Values:
Off*
Does not attach a cover page to faxes.
On
Attaches a cover page to faxes.
DRPD Pattern
Purpose:
To provide a separate number for faxing with a distinctive ring pattern.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 247
Values:
Pattern1–7
DRPD is a service provided by some telephone companies. DRPD Patterns are
specified by your telephone company. The patterns provided with your printer
are shown below:
Pattern1
Pattern2
Pattern3
Pattern4*
Pattern5
Pattern6
Pattern7
2-Sided Print
Purpose:
To set the duplex printing for fax.
Values:
Off*
Does not perform duplex printing.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 248
On
Performs duplex printing.
Sent Fax Fwd
Purpose:
To set whether to forward incoming faxes to a specified destination.
Values:
Off*
Does not forward incoming faxes.
Forward
Forwards incoming faxes to a specified destination. Prints incoming faxes if an
error occurs during the transfer.
Print & Forward
Prints incoming faxes and also forwards them to a specified destination.
Fwd. Settings Num
Purpose:
To enter the fax number of the destination to which incoming faxes will be forwarded.
Prefix Dial
Purpose:
To select whether to set a prefix dial number.
Values:
Off*
Does not set a prefix dial number.
On
Sets a prefix dial number.
Prefix Dial Num
Purpose:
To set a prefix dial number of up to five digits. This number dials before any auto dial number is
started. It is useful for accessing the Private Automatic Branch Exchange (PABX).
Discard Size
Purpose:
To set the printer to discard images or any text at the bottom of a fax page when the entire page does not
fit the output paper.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 249
Values:
Off*
Prints excess images or text at the bottom of a fax page without discarding it.
On
Discards any excess images or text.
Auto Reduction
Automatically reduces a fax page to fit it onto the appropriate paper size.
ECM
Purpose:
To set whether to enable or disable the Error Correction Mode (ECM). To use the ECM, the remote
machines must also support the ECM.
Values:
Off
Disables the ECM.
On*
Enables the ECM.
Extel Hook Thresh
Purpose:
To select the external telephone hook detection threshold for the condition in which a telephone line is
not being used.
Values:
Lower
Sets the external telephone hook detection threshold to Lower.
Normal*
Sets the external telephone hook detection threshold to Normal.
Higher
Sets the external telephone hook detection threshold to Higher.
Modem Speed
Purpose:
To adjust the fax modem speed when a fax transmission or reception error occurs.
Values:
2.4 Kbps
4.8 Kbps
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 250
9.6 Kbps
14.4 Kbps
33.6 Kbps*
Region
Purpose:
To select the region where the printer is used.
Fax Activity
Purpose:
To set whether to automatically print a fax activity report after every 50 incoming and outgoing fax
communications.
Values:
Auto Print*
Automatically prints a fax activity report after every 50 incoming and outgoing
fax communications.
No Auto Print
Does not automatically print a fax activity report after every 50 incoming and
outgoing fax communications.
Fax Transmit
Purpose:
To set whether to print a transmission result after a fax transmission.
Values:
Print Always
Prints a transmission report after every fax transmission.
Print On Error*
Prints a transmission report only when an error occurs.
Print Disable
Does not print a transmission report after a fax transmission.
Fax Broadcast
Purpose:
To set whether to print a broadcast result after a fax broadcast to multiple destinations.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 251
Values:
Print Always*
Prints a broadcast report after every fax broadcast.
Print On Error
Prints a broadcast report only when an error occurs.
Print Disable
Does not print a broadcast report after a fax broadcast to multiple destinations.
Fax Protocol
Purpose:
To set whether to print the protocol monitor report, which helps you identify the cause of a
communication problem.
Values:
Print Always
Prints a protocol monitor report after every fax transmission.
Print On Error
Prints a protocol monitor report only when an error occurs.
Print Disable*
Does not print a protocol monitor report.
USB Settings
Use the USB Settings menu to change printer settings affecting a USB port.
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Port Status
Purpose:
To specify whether to enable the USB port. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off
and then on again.
Values:
Disable
Disables the USB interface.
Enable*
Enables the USB interface.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 252
Adobe Protocol
Purpose:
To set the PostScript communications protocol.
Values:
Auto
Sets the PostScript communications protocol automatically.
Standard
Sets the PostScript communications protocol to Standard.
BCP
Sets the PostScript communications protocol to BCP.
TBCP*
Sets the PostScript communications protocol to TBCP.
Binary
Sets the PostScript communications protocol to Binary.
System Settings
Use System Settings to configure a variety of printer features.
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Power Saver Timer
Purpose:
To specify the time for transition to power saver mode.
Values:
Low Power
Timer
3min*
Specifies the time taken by the printer to enter Low Power mode after it finishes
a job.
3–60 min.
Sleep Timer 6min*
Specifies the time taken by the printer to enter Sleep mode after it has entered
Low Power mode.
1–6 min.
Enter 5 to put the printer in power saver mode five minutes after it finishes a job. This uses much less
energy, but requires more warm-up time for the printer. Enter 5 if your printer shares an electrical
circuit with room lighting and you notice lights flickering.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 253
Select a hig h value if your printer is in constant use. In most circumstances, this keeps the printer read y
to operate with minimum warm-up time. Select a value between 5 and 30 minutes for power saver
mode if you want a balance between energy consumption and a shorter warm-up period.
The printer automatically returns to the standby mode from the power saver mode when it receives
data from the computer or remote fax machine. You can also change the status of the printer to the
standby mode by pressing the Energy Saver button on the operator panel.
Power Saver Wake Up
Purpose:
To specify whether to wake up from the Low Power or Sleep mode when OnHook is set to Off.
Values:
OffHook Wake
Up
Off*
Does not wake up from the Low Power or Sleep mode when OnHook is set to
Off.
On
Wakes up from the Low Power or Sleep mode when OnHook is set to Off.
Auto Reset
Purpose:
To automatically reset the settings for Copy, Scan, or Fax to the default settings and return to the
standby mode after you do not specify any settings for the specified time.
Values:
45sec*
1min
2min
3min
4min
Fault Time-out
Purpose:
To specify the amount of time the printer waits before canceling a job that stops abnormally. The print
job is cancelled if the time-out time is exceeded.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 254
Values:
Off
Disables the fault time-out.
On* 60sec*
Sets the amount of time the printer waits before canceling a job that stops
abnormally.
3–300 sec.
Job Time-out
Purpose:
To specify the amount of time the printer waits for data to arrive from the computer. The print job is
cancelled if the time-out time is exceeded.
Values:
Off
Disables the job time-out.
On* 30sec*
Sets the time the printer waits for data to arrive from the computer.
5–300 sec.
Clock Settings
Purpose:
To specify the date and time formats.
Values:
Set Date & Time Time Zone
Sets the time zone.
Set Date
Sets the date depending on the Date Format settings.
Set Time
Sets the time.
Date Format yy/mm/dd
Sets the date format.
mm/dd/yy
dd/mm/yy*
Time Format 12H
Sets the time in 12-hour format.
24H*
Sets the time in 24-hour format.
*1
The default for Date Format varies depending on country-specific factory default.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 255
Alert Tone
Purpose:
To configure settings for tones emitted by the printer during operation or when a warning message
appears.
Values:
Panel Select Tone Off*
Does not emit a tone when the operator panel entry is correct.
Soft
Emits a tone when the operator panel entry is correct.
Normal
Loud
Panel Alert Tone Off*
Does not emit a tone when the operator panel entry is incorrect.
Soft
Emits a tone when the operator panel entry is incorrect.
Normal
Loud
Machine Ready
Tone
Off*
Does not emit a tone when the printer is ready to process a job.
Soft
Emits a tone when the printer is ready to process a job.
Normal*
Loud
Copy Job Tone Off
Does not emit a tone when a copy job is complete.
Soft
Emits a tone when a copy job is complete.
Normal*
Loud
Non-Copy Job Tone Off
Does not emit a tone when a job other than a copy job is complete.
Soft
Emits a tone when a job other than a copy job is complete.
Normal*
Loud
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 256
Fault Tone Off
Does not emit a tone when a job ends abnormally.
Soft
Emits a tone when a job ends abnormally.
Normal*
Loud
Alert Tone Off
Does not emit a tone when a problem occurs.
Soft
Emits a tone when a problem occurs.
Normal*
Loud
Out of Paper Off
Does not emit a tone when the printer runs out of paper.
Soft
Emits a tone when the printer runs out of paper.
Normal*
Loud
Low Toner Off
Does not emit a tone when a toner is low.
Soft
Emits a tone when a toner is low.
Normal*
Loud
Auto Clear Alert Off*
Does not emit a tone 5 seconds before the printer performs auto clear.
Soft
Emits a tone 5 seconds before the printer performs auto clear.
Normal
Loud
Base Tone Off*
Does not emit a tone when the operator panel display is returned to the default
setting by scrolling the loop menu.
Soft
Emits a tone when the operator panel display is returned to the default setting
by scrolling the loop menu.
Normal
Loud
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 257
All Tones Off
Disables all the alert tones.
Soft
Sets the volume of all the alert tones at once.
Normal*
Loud
mm / inch
Purpose:
To specify the default measurement unit displayed after the numeric value on the operator panel.
Values:
Millimeters (mm)*
Selects millimeter as the default measurement unit.
Inches (")
Selects inch as the default measurement unit.
Note:
The default for mm/inch varies depending on other settings, such as Region and Document Size.
Def. PrintPaperSize
Purpose:
To specify the default paper size.
Values:
A4 - 210x297mm
Letter - 8.5x11"
Note:
The default for Def. PrintPaperSize varies depending on country-specific factory default.
Auto Job History
Purpose:
To automatically print a job history report after every 20 jobs.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 258
Values:
Off*
Does not automatically print a job history report.
On
Automatically prints a job history report.
The Job History report can also be printed using the Report/List menu.
Print ID
Purpose:
To specify a location where the user ID is printed.
Values:
Off*
Does not print the user ID.
Top Left
Prints the user ID on the top left of the page.
Top Right
Prints the user ID on the top right of the page.
Bottom Left
Prints the user ID on the bottom left of the page.
Bottom Right
Prints the user ID on the bottom right of the page.
Note:
When you print on DL size paper, a part of the user ID may not be printed correctly.
Print Text
Purpose:
To specify whether the printer outputs PDL data, which is not supported by the printer, as text when
the printer receives it. Text data is printed on A4 or Letter size paper.
Values:
Off
Does not print the received data.
On*
Prints the received data as text data.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 259
Banner Sheet
Note:
Banner Sheet feature is available only when the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit is installed on the
printer.
Purpose:
To specify the position of banner sheet, and also specify the tray in which the banner sheet is loaded.
Values:
Insert Position Off*
Does not print the banner sheet.
Front
Inserted before the first page of every copy.
Back
Inserted after the last page of every copy.
Front & Back
Inserted before the first page of every copy and after the last page of every
copy.
Specify Tray Tray 1*
The banner sheet is loaded in the standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 2
The banner sheet is loaded in the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit.
RAM Disk
Note:
RAM Disk feature is available only when the 512 MB additional memory module is installed on the
printer.
Purpose:
To allocate memory to the RAM disk file system for the Secure Print and Sample Print features. The
change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.
Values:
Disable
Does not allocate memory to the RAM disk file system. Secure Print and Sample
Print jobs will abort and be recorded to the job log.
Enable* 300MB*
Sets the allocation of memory to the RAM disk file system in increments of 50
MB.
50-500MB
Note:
Restart your printer when you change the settings for the RAM Disk menu.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 260
Substitute Tray
Purpose:
Specifies whether to use paper of a different size when the paper that is loaded in the specified tray does
not match the paper size settings for the current job.
Values:
Off*
No tray size substitute accepted.
Larger Size
Substitutes paper of next largest size. When there is no larger paper size, the
printer substitutes paper of nearest size.
Nearest Size
Substitutes paper of nearest size.
Auditron Mode
Purpose:
To specify whether to limit the functions that can be used per user by Auditron authentication.
Values:
Off*
Does not limit functions by Auditron authentication.
On
Limits functions by Auditron authentication.
No Account User Print
Purpose:
To specify whether to permit the printing of data without authentication information.
Values:
Off*
Does not permit non-account user to print the data.
On
Permits non-account user to print the data.
Letterhead 2-Sided Mode
Purpose:
To specify whether to print on both sides when you use letterhead.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 261
Values:
Disable*
Does not print on both sides of letterhead.
Enable
Prints on both sides of letterhead.
LowToner Alert Msg
Purpose:
To specify whether to show the alert message when the toner is low.
Values:
Off
Does not show the alert message when the toner is low.
On*
Shows the alert message when the toner is low.
Email From Field
Purpose:
To specify whether to enable editing of the transmission source when you use Scan to E-mail.
Values:
Disable
Disables editing of the transmission source.
Enable*
Enables editing of the transmission source.
Server Address Book
Purpose:
To specify whether to search the e-mail addresses from the Address Book for the LDAP server.
Values:
Off*
Does not search the e-mail addresses from the Address Book for the LDAP
server.
On
Searches the e-mail addresses from the Address Book for the LDAP server.
Note:
You can search the e-mail addresses only from the Address Book that is local when Server Address
Book is set to Off.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 262
Server Phone Book
Purpose:
To specify whether to search the phone numbers from the Phone Book for the LDAP server.
Values:
Off*
Does not search the phone numbers from the Phone Book for the LDAP server.
On
Searches the phone numbers from the Phone Book for the LDAP server.
Note:
You can search the phone numbers only from the local Phone Book when Server Phone Book is set to
Off.
Power On Wizard
Purpose:
To perform initial setup for the printer.
Values:
Yes
Performs the initial setup for the printer.
No*
Does not perform the initial setup for the printer.
Maintenance
Use the Maintenance menu to initialize the NV (non-volatile) memory, configure the plain paper
quality adjustment settings, and configure the security settings.
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
F/W Version
Purpose:
To confirm the current F/W version.
Adjust PaperType
Purpose:
To specify paper density settings.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 263
Values:
Plain Lightweight
Heavyweight*
Labels Lightweight
Heavyweight*
Adjust BTR
Purpose:
To specify the transfer roller voltage adjustment for each paper type.
The default settings may not give the best output on all paper types. If you see mottles on the print
output, try to increase the voltage. If you see white spots on the print output, try to decrease the
voltage.
Note:
The print quality changes depending on the setting values you select for this item.
Values:
Plain 0*
-6 to +6
Light Card 0*
-6 to +6
Heavy Card 0*
-6 to +6
Envelope 0*
-6 to +6
Labels 0*
-6 to +6
LW Gloss Card 0*
-6 to +6
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 264
HW Gloss Card 0*
-6 to +6
Adjust Fuser
Purpose:
To adjust the fusing temperature setting for each paper type.
The default settings may not give the best output on all paper types. When the printed paper has
curled, try to lower the temperature. When the toner does not fuse on the paper properly, try to
increase the temperature.
Note:
The print quality changes depending on the setting values you select for this item.
Values:
Plain 0*
-6 to +6
Light Card 0*
-6 to +6
Heavy Card 0*
-6 to +6
Envelope 0*
-6 to +6
Labels 0*
-6 to +6
LW Gloss Card 0*
-6 to +6
HW Gloss Card 0*
-6 to +6
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 265
Auto Regi Adjust
Purpose:
To specify whether to automatically perform color registration adjustment.
Values:
Off
Does not automatically perform color registration adjustment.
On*
Automatically performs color registration adjustment.
Adjust ColorRegi
Purpose:
To manually perform color registration adjustment.
Manual Color Registration Adjustments are required when the printer is initially installed and after
the printer is moved.
Note:
The Adjust ColorRegi feature can be configured when Auto Regi Adjust is set to Off.
Values:
Auto Adjust
Automatically performs color registration correction.
Color Regi Chart
Prints a color registration chart. The color registration chart prints a
lattice pattern of yellow, magenta, and cyan lines. On the chart, find the
values on the right side that are next to the line that is perfectly straight
for each of the three colors. If the value for this line is 0, color registration
adjustment is not required. If the value for this line is any value other
than 0, specify the adjustment values for lateral adjustment and process
adjustment under Enter Number.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 266
Enter Number LY -9 to +9
Sets lateral (perpendicular to paper feed direction) and process (paper
feed direction) color adjustment values individually for Yellow,
Magenta, and Cyan. Enter a number in order of lateral adjustment (left),
lateral adjustment (right), and process adjustment. Press the
button to save all the settings.
LM
LC
RY -9 to +9
RM
RC
PY -9 to +9
PM
PC
Note:
Ensure that you remove the paper from the single sheet feeder (SSF) before performing Auto Adjust.
Clean Developer
Purpose:
To stir the toner in a new toner cartridge.
Values:
Yes
Stirs the toner in a new toner cartridge.
No*
Does not stir the toner in a new toner cartridge.
Toner Refresh
Purpose:
To clean the toner in each toner cartridge.
Values:
Yellow Yes
Cleans the toner in the yellow toner cartridge.
No*
Does not clean the toner in the yellow toner cartridge.
Magenta Yes
Cleans the toner in the magenta toner cartridge.
No*
Does not clean the toner in the magenta toner cartridge.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 267
Cyan Yes
Cleans the toner in the cyan toner cartridge.
No*
Does not clean the toner in the cyan toner cartridge.
Black Yes
Cleans the toner in the black toner cartridge.
No*
Does not clean the toner in the black toner cartridge.
Drum Cartridge Refresh
Purpose:
To clean the surface of the drum cartridge.
Values:
Yes
Cleans the surface of the drum cartridge.
No*
Does not clean the surface of the drum cartridge.
Initialize NVM
Purpose:
To initialize the non-volatile (NV) memory. After executing this function and rebooting the printer,
all the menu parameters are reset to their default values.
Values:
User Fax Section Yes
Initializes the fax number entries in the Address Book.
No*
Does not initialize the fax number entries in the Address Book.
User Scan Section Yes
Initializes the e-mail and server address entries in the Address Book.
No*
Does not initialize the e-mail and server address entries in the Address
Book.
System Section Yes
Initializes the system parameters.
No*
Does not initialize the system parameters.
See Also:
“Resetting to Factory Defaults” on page 301.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 268
Init Print Meter
Purpose:
To initialize the print meter of the printer. When the print meter is initialized, the meter count is reset
to zero.
Reset Fuser
Purpose:
To initialize the Machine Control Unit life counter.
Clear Storage
Note:
Clear Storage feature is available only when the 512 MB additional memory module is installed.
Purpose:
To clear all files stored as Secure Print, Sample Print, and Stored Print in the RAM disk.
Values:
All Clear
Deletes all files stored as Secure Print and Sample Print in the RAM disk.
Secure Document
Deletes all files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk.
Stored Document
Deletes all files stored as Stored Print in the RAM disk.
Non-Genuine
Purpose:
To use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.
Note:
Using a non-Epson toner cartridge may severely damage your printer. The warranty does not cover
damages caused by using non-Epson toner cartridges.
Values:
Toner Off*
Does not use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.
On
Uses toner cartridge of another manufacturer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 269
Adjust Altitude
Purpose:
To specify the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.
The discharge phenomenon for charging the photo conductor varies with barometric pressure.
Adjustments are performed by specifying the altitude of the location where the printer is being used.
Note:
An incorrect altitude adjustment setting leads to problems such as poor printing quality and incorrect
indication of remaining toner.
Values:
0m*
Sets the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.
1000m
2000m
3000m
Secure Settings
Use the Secure Settings menu to set a password to limit access to the menus. This prevents items
from being changed accidentally.
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Panel Lock
Purpose:
To set a limited access to Admin Menu with a password, and to set or change the password.
See Also:
“Panel Lock Function” on page 298
Values:
Panel Lock Set Disable*
Disables password protection for Admin Menu.
Enable
Enables password protection for Admin Menu.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 270
Change Password
*1
0000–9999
Sets or changes the password required to access Admin Menu.
*1
This item is available only when Panel Lock Set is set to Enable.
Service Lock
Note:
Service Lock feature is available only when Panel Lock Set is set to Enable.
Purpose:
To specify whether to enable or disable each of the printer services, or to require a password to use the
services.
Values:
Copy Unlocked*
Enables the Copy service.
Locked
Disables the Copy service.
Password Locked
Enables the Copy service, but requires a password to use the service.
Color Pass. Locked
Enables the Copy service with a color mode, but requires a password.
Fax Unlocked*
Enables the Fax service.
Locked
Disables the Fax service (the printer will not send or receive faxes).
Password Locked
Enables the Fax services, but requires a password to send faxes (does
not require a password to receive incoming faxes).
Scan to PC (USB) Unlocked*
Enables the Scan to PC (USB) service.
Locked
Disables the Scan to PC (USB) service.
Password Locked
Enables the Scan to PC (USB) service, but requires a password.
PC Scan Unlocked*
Enables the PC Scan service.
Locked
Disables the PC Scan service.
Password Locked
Enables the PC Scan service, but requires a password.
Scan to E-mail Unlocked*
Enables the Scan to E-mail service.
Locked
Disables the Scan to E-mail service.
Password Locked
Enables the Scan to E-mail service, but requires a password.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 271
Scan to Network Unlocked*
Enables the Scan to Network service.
Locked
Disables the Scan to Network service.
Password Locked
Enables the Scan to Network service, but requires a password.
Scan to
USBMemory
Unlocked*
Enables the Scan to USB Memory service.
Locked
Disables the Scan to USB Memory service.
Password Locked
Enables the Scan to USB Memory service, but requires a password.
Print from USB Unlocked*
Enables the Print from USB service.
Locked
Disables the Print from USB service.
Password Locked
Enables the Print from USB service, but requires a password.
Color Pass. Locked
Enables the Print from USB service with a color mode, but requires a
password.
Change Password
*1
Changes the password that is set under the Service Lock menu.
*1
This item is available only when Password Locked or Color Pass. Locked is enabled.
Secure Receive
Note:
Secure Receive feature is available only when Panel Lock Set is set to Enable.
Purpose:
To specify whether to require a password to receive faxes, and to set or change the password.
Values:
SecureReceiveSet Disable*
Does not require a password to receive faxes.
Enable
Requires a password to receive faxes.
Change Password
*1
0000–9999
Sets or changes the password required to receive faxes.
*1
This item is available only when SecureReceiveSet is set to Enable.
Login Error
Note:
Login Error feature is available only when Panel Lock Set is set to Enable.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 272
Purpose:
To specify the number of error entry attempts allowed when you log in as an administrator in the
Admin Menu and Report/List menu.
Values:
Off*
Does not allow an administrator to log in after one error entry attempt.
On 5 times*
Sets the number of error entry attempts allowed when an administrator logs
in.
1-10
Defaults Settings
Use Defaults Settings to modify the defaults for the Copy, Scan, Fax, or Print from USB menu.
Copy Defaults
Purpose:
To modify the defaults for the Copy menu.
Copy Defaults allows you to configure the following items in addition to the items under the Copy
menu.
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Color
Purpose:
To select color or black and white copying.
Values:
Black & White
Copies in black and white mode.
Color*
Copies in color mode.
Paper Supply
Purpose:
To specify the input tray.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 273
Values:
Tray 1*
The paper is fed from the standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 2
The paper is fed from the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit.
Manual Feed Slot
The paper is fed from the single sheet feeder (SSF).
Note:
Tray 2 is available only when the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit is installed.
Manual Feed Paper Size
Purpose:
To specify the paper size loaded in the SSF.
Values:
mm series
A4 - 210x297mm
*1
A5 - 148x210mm
B5 - 182x257mm
Letter - 8.5x11"
US Folio - 8.5x13"
Legal - 8.5x14"
Executive - 7.25x10.5"
Monarch Env. - 3.9x7.5"
DL Env. - 110x220mm
C5 Env. - 162x229mm
#10 Env. - 4.1x9.5"
*1
The default for Manual Feed Paper Size varies depending on country-specific factory.
inch series
Letter - 8.5x11"
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 274
US Folio - 8.5x13"
Legal - 8.5x14"
A4 - 210x297mm
*1
A5 - 148x210mm
B5 - 182x257mm
Executive - 7.25x10.5"
Monarch Env. - 3.9x7.5"
DL Env. - 110x220mm
C5 Env. - 162x229mm
#10 Env. - 4.1x9.5"
*1
The default for Manual Feed Paper Size varies depending on country-specific factory.
Note:
For more information on supported paper sizes, see “Usable Print Media” on page 88.
Manual Feed Paper Type
Purpose:
To specify the paper type loaded in the SSF.
Values:
Plain*
Light Card
Heavy Card
Envelope
Letterhead
LW Gloss Card
HW Gloss Card
Hole Punched
Colored
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 275
Special
Collated
Purpose:
To sort the copy job.
Values:
Off
Does not sort the copy job.
On
Sorts the copy job.
Auto*
Automatically determines which output mode for the copy job.
Reduce/Enlarge
Purpose:
To set the default copy reduction/enlargement ratio.
Values:
mm series
200%
141% A5 −> A4
122% A5 −> B5
100%*
81% B5 −> A5
70% A4 −> A5
50%
inch series
200%
154%
129% 8.5x11" −> 8.5x14"
100%*
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 276
78% 8.5x14" −> 8.5x11"
64%
50%
Note:
❏ You can also use the numeric keypad to input the desired zoom ratio from 25% to 400%, or press
button to enlarge the zoom ratio or press button to reduce the zoom ratio in 1% intervals.
❏ This item is available only when N-Up is set to Off or Manual.
Document Size
Purpose:
To specify the default document size.
Values:
mm series
Auto*
A4 - 210x297mm
A5 - 148x210mm
B5 - 182x257mm
Letter - 8.5x11"
US Folio - 8.5x13"
Legal - 8.5x14"
Executive - 7.25x10.5"
inch series
Auto*
Letter - 8.5x11"
US Folio - 8.5x13"
Legal - 8.5x14"
A4 - 210x297mm
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 277
A5 - 148x210mm
B5 - 182x257mm
Executive - 7.25x10.5"
Document Type
Purpose:
To select the copy image quality.
Values:
Text
Suitable for documents with text.
Mixed*
Suitable for documents with both text and photos/gray tones.
Photo
Suitable for documents with photos.
Lighten/Darken
Purpose:
To set the default copy density level.
Values:
Lighter3
Makes the copy lighter than the original. Works well with dark print.
Lighter2
Lighter1
Normal*
Works well with standard typed or printed documents.
Darker1
Makes the copy darker than the original. Works well with light print or faint
pencil markings.
Darker2
Darker3
Sharpness
Purpose:
To set the default sharpness level.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 278
Values:
Sharper
Makes the copy sharper than the original.
Normal*
Does not make the copy sharper or softer than the original.
Softer
Makes the copy softer than the original.
Color Saturation
Purpose:
To set the default color saturation level.
Values:
Higher
Increases the color saturation to brighten the color of the copy.
Normal*
The color saturation is the same as the original.
Lower
Decreases the color saturation to lighten the color of the copy.
Auto Exposure
Purpose:
To suppress the background of the original to enhance text on the copy.
Values:
Off
Does not suppress the background.
On*
Suppresses the background of the original to enhance text on the copy.
Auto Expo. Level
Purpose:
To specify the default background suppression level.
Values:
Normal*
Sets the background suppression level to Normal.
Higher(1)
Sets the background suppression level to Higher (1).
Higher(2)
Sets the background suppression level to Higher (2).
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 279
Color Balance
Purpose:
To specify the default color balance level within the range of -3 to +3.
Values:
Yellow Low Dens. 0*
Sets the color balance level of low density yellow.
-3 to +3
Yellow Med. Dens. 0*
Sets the color balance level of medium density yellow.
-3 to +3
Yellow High Dens. 0*
Sets the color balance level of high density yellow.
-3 to +3
Magen. Low Dens. 0*
Sets the color balance level of low density magenta.
-3 to +3
Magen. Med. Dens. 0*
Sets the color balance level of medium density magenta.
-3 to +3
Magen. High Dens. 0*
Sets the color balance level of high density magenta.
-3 to +3
Cyan Low Dens. 0*
Sets the color balance level of low density cyan.
-3 to +3
Cyan Med. Dens. 0*
Sets the color balance level of medium density cyan.
-3 to +3
Cyan High Dens. 0*
Sets the color balance level of high density cyan.
-3 to +3
Black Low Dens. 0*
Sets the color balance level of low density black.
-3 to +3
Black Med. Dens. 0*
Sets the color balance level of medium density black.
-3 to +3
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 280
Black High Dens. 0*
Sets the color balance level of high density black.
-3 to +3
2-Sided
Purpose:
To print on both sides of a sheet of paper.
Values:
1−>1-Sided*
Prints on one side of a sheet of paper.
Long Edge Binding
Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be bound by long edge.
Short Edge Binding
Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be bound by short edge.
N-Up
Purpose:
To print two original pages to fit onto one sheet of paper.
Values:
Off*
Does not perform N-up printing.
Auto
Automatically reduces the original pages to fit onto one sheet of paper.
ID Card Copy
Prints the original pages onto one sheet of paper in the original size.
Manual
Prints the original pages onto the one sheet of paper in the size specified in
Reduce/Enlarge.
Margin Top/Bottom
Purpose:
To specify the value of the top and bottom margins.
Values:
4 mm*/0.2 inch*
Specify the value in increments of 1 mm/0.1 inch.
0-50 mm/0.0-2.0 inch
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 281
Margin Left/Right
Purpose:
To specify the value of the left and right margins.
Values:
4 mm*/0.2 inch*
Specify the value in increments of 1 mm/0.1 inch.
0-50 mm/0.0-2.0 inch
Margin Middle
Purpose:
To specify the value of the middle margin.
Values:
0 mm*/0.0 inch*
Specify the value in increments of 1 mm/0.1 inch.
0-50 mm/0.0-2.0 inch
Scan Defaults
To modify the defaults for the Scan menu.
Scan Defaults allows you to configure the following items in addition to the items under the Scan
menu.
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Scan to Network
Purpose:
To store the scanned image on a network server or a computer.
Values:
Computer(Network)*
Stores the scanned image on a computer using the Server Message Block (SMB)
protocol.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 282
File Format
Purpose:
To specify the file format to save the scanned image.
Values:
PDF
MultiPageTIFF
TIFF
JPEG
Color
Purpose:
To specify whether to scan in color or black and white.
Values:
Black & White
Scans in black and white.
Color*
Scans in color.
Color Button Set
Purpose:
To specify the default background suppression level.
Values:
B&W Button Black & White*
Sets whether to scan in black and white when Black & White is
selected for a color mode.
Grayscale
Sets whether to scan in gray scale when Black & White is selected for
a color mode.
Color Button Color *
Sets whether to scan in color when Color is selected for a color mode.
Color(Photo)
Sets whether to scan in color (Photo) when Color is selected for a color
mode. This is suitable for photographic images.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 283
Resolution
Purpose:
To specify the default scan resolution.
Values:
200 × 200 dpi*
300 × 300 dpi
400 × 400 dpi
600 × 600 dpi
Document Size
Purpose:
To specify the default document size.
Values:
mm series
A4 - 210x297mm
*1
A5 - 148x210mm
B5 - 182x257mm
Letter - 8.5x11"
US Folio - 8.5x13"
Legal - 8.5x14"
Executive - 7.25x10.5"
*1
The default for Document Size varies depending on country-specific factory default.
inch series
Letter - 8.5x11"
*1
US Folio - 8.5x13"
Legal - 8.5x14"
A4 - 210x297mm
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 284
A5 - 148x210mm
B5 - 182x257mm
Executive - 7.25x10.5"
*1
The default for Document Size varies depending on country-specific factory default.
Lighten/Darken
Purpose:
To set the default scan density level.
Values:
Lighter3
Makes the scanned image lighter than the original. Works well with dark print.
Lighter2
Lighter1
Normal*
Works well with standard typed or printed documents.
Darker1
Makes the scanned image darker than the original. Works well with light print
or faint pencil markings.
Darker2
Darker3
Sharpness
Purpose:
To set the default sharpness level.
Values:
Sharper
Makes the scanned image sharper than the original.
Normal*
Does not make the scanned image sharper or softer than the original.
Softer
Makes the scanned image softer than the original.
Contrast
Purpose:
To adjust the amount of colors to make the contrast of colors darker or lighter than the original.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 285
Values:
Higher
Adjusts the amount of colors to make the contrast of colors darker than the
original.
Normal*
Does not adjust the amount of colors to make the contrast of colors darker or
lighter than the original.
Lower
Adjusts the amount of colors to make the contrast of colors lighter than the
original.
Auto Exposure
Purpose:
To suppress the background of the original to enhance text on the scanned image.
Values:
Off
Does not suppress the background.
On*
Suppresses the background of the original to enhance text on the scanned
image.
Auto Expo. Level
Purpose:
To specify the default background suppression level.
Values:
Normal*
Sets the background suppression level to Normal.
Higher(1)
Sets the background suppression level to Higher (1).
Higher(2)
Sets the background suppression level to Higher (2).
Margin Top/Bottom
Purpose:
To specify the value of the top and bottom margins.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 286
Values:
2 mm*/0.1 inch*
Specify the value in increments of 1 mm/0.1 inch.
0-50 mm/0.0-2.0 inch
Margin Left/Right
Purpose:
To specify the value of the left and right margins.
Values:
2 mm*/0.1 inch*
Specify the value in increments of 1 mm/0.1 inch.
0-50 mm/0.0-2.0 inch
Margin Middle
Purpose:
To specify the value of the middle margin.
Values:
0 mm*/0.0 inch*
Specify the value in increments of 1 mm/0.1 inch.
0-50 mm/0.0-2.0 inch
TIFF File Format
Purpose:
To specify the default TIFF file format.
Values:
TIFF V6*
Sets the default TIFF file format to TIFF V6.
TTN2
Sets the default Tiff file format to TTN2.
Image Compression
Purpose:
To specify the image compression level.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 287
Values:
Higher
Sets the image compression level to Higher.
Normal*
Sets the image compression level to Normal.
Lower
Sets the image compression level to Lower.
Max Email Size
Purpose:
To specify the maximum size of e-mail that can be sent, within the range of 50 K bytes to 16384 K bytes.
The default is 2048 K bytes.
Fax Defaults
Purpose:
To modify the defaults for the Fax menu.
Fax Defaults allows you to configure the following items in addition to the items under the Fax
menu.
Note:
❏ The FAX service cannot be used unless you set up a country code under Region. If Region is not set
up, a message Set the Country Code appears on the display.
❏ Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Resolution
Purpose:
To specify the scan resolution to improve the output quality.
Values:
Standard*
Suitable for documents with normal sized characters.
Fine
Suitable for documents containing small characters or thin lines or documents
printed using a dot-matrix printer.
Super Fine
Suitable for documents containing extremely fine detail. The Super Fine mode
is enabled only if the remote machine also supports the Super Fine mode. See
the notes below.
Photo
Suitable for documents containing photographic images.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 288
Note:
Faxes scanned in the Super Fine mode transmit at the highest resolution supported by the receiving
device.
Lighten/Darken
Purpose:
To adjust the density to make the copy lighter or darker than the original.
Values:
Lighter3
Works well with dark print.
Lighter2
Lighter1
Normal*
Works well with standard typed or printed documents.
Darker1
Works well with light print or faint pencil markings.
Darker2
Darker3
Delayed Start
Purpose:
This feature enables you to set a specific time for the fax transmission to start. Once Delayed Start
mode is activated, your printer stores all of the documents to be faxed into its memory and sends them
at the specified time. After faxing in the Delayed Start mode is complete, the data in the memory is
cleared.
Values:
21:00*/9:00PM*
Specify the fax transmission start time when sending a fax at a specified time.
0:00 – 23:59 /
1:00 – 12:59AM/PM
Note:
A maximum of 19 delayed fax jobs can be stored in this printer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 289
Print from USB Defaults
To modify the defaults for the Print from USB menu.
Print from USB Defaults allows you to configure the following items in addition to the items
under the Print from USB menu.
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Color
Purpose:
To specify whether to print in black and white or in color.
Values:
Black & White
Prints in black and white.
Color*
Prints in color.
Paper Supply
Purpose:
To specify the input tray.
Values:
Tray 1*
The paper is fed from the standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 2
The paper is fed from the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit.
Manual Feed Slot
The paper is fed from the single sheet feeder (SSF).
Note:
Tray2 is available only when the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit is installed.
Manual Feed Paper Size
Purpose:
To specify the paper size loaded in the SSF.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 290
Values:
mm series
A4 - 210x297mm
*1
A5 - 148x210mm
B5 - 182x257mm
Letter - 8.5x11"
US Folio - 8.5x13"
Legal - 8.5x14"
*1
The default for Manual Feed Paper Size varies depending on country-specific factory.
inch series
Letter - 8.5x11"
*1
US Folio - 8.5x13"
Legal - 8.5x14"
A4 - 210x297mm
A5 - 148x210mm
B5 - 182x257mm
*1
The default for Manual Feed Paper Size varies depending on country-specific factory.
Note:
For more information on supported paper sizes, see “Usable Print Media” on page 88.
Manual Feed Paper Type
Purpose:
To specify the paper type loaded in the SSF.
Values:
Plain*
Light Card
Heavy Card
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 291
Envelope
Letterhead
LW Gloss Card
HW Gloss Card
Hole Punched
Colored
Special
2-Sided
Purpose:
To print on both sides of a sheet of paper.
Values:
1−>1-Sided*
Prints on one side of a sheet of paper.
Long Edge Binding
Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be bound by long edge.
Short Edge Binding
Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be bound by short edge.
Layout
Purpose:
To specify the output layout.
Values:
1Up*
Prints one page on one side of a sheet of paper.
2Up
Prints two pages on one side of a sheet of paper.
4Up
Prints four pages on one side of a sheet of paper.
PDF Password
Purpose:
To enter the password when you print the secure PDF job.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 292
Values:
Enter PDF Password
Enter the password to print the secure PDF job.
Tray Settings
Use the Tray Settings menu to define the print media loaded in the standard 250-sheet tray and the
optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit.
Note:
Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Tray 1
Purpose:
To specify the paper loaded in the standard 250-sheet tray.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 293
Values:
Paper Size
mm series
A4 - 210x297mm
*1
A5 - 148x210mm
B5 - 182x257mm
Letter - 8.5x11"
US Folio - 8.5x13"
Legal - 8.5x14"
Executive - 7.25x10.5"
Monarch Env. - 3.9x7.5"
Monarch Env. L - 7.5x3.9"
DL Env. - 110x220mm
DL Env. L - 220x110mm
C5 Env. - 162x229mm
#10 Env. - 4.1x9.5"
New Custom Size Portrait(Y)
297 mm* Specifies the length
of the custom size
paper.
127 - 355 mm
Landscape(X)
210 mm* Specifies the width
of the custom size
paper.
77 - 215 mm
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 294
inch series
Letter - 8.5x11"
*1
US Folio - 8.5x13"
Legal - 8.5x14"
A4 - 210x297mm
A5 - 148x210mm
B5 - 182x257mm
Executive - 7.25x10.5"
Monarch Env. - 3.9x7.5"
Monarch Env. L - 7.5x3.9"
DL Env. - 110x220mm
DL Env. L - 220x110mm
C5 Env. - 162x229mm
#10 Env. - 4.1x9.5"
New Custom Size Portrait (Y)
11.7 inch* Specifies the length
of the custom size
paper.
5.0-14.0 inches
Landscape (X)
8.3 inch* Specifies the width
of the custom size
paper.
3.0-8.5 inches
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 295
Paper Type Plain*
Light Card
Heavy Card
Envelope
Labels
Letterhead
LW Gloss Card
HW Gloss Card
Hole Punched
Colored
Special
Display Screen Off
Does not display a popup that prompts to set Paper Type and Paper
Size when paper is loaded in the standard 250-sheet tray.
On*
Displays a popup that prompts to set Paper Type and Paper Size
when paper is loaded in the standard 250-sheet tray.
*1
The default for Paper Size varies depending on country-specific factory default.
Note:
For more information on supported paper sizes, see also “Usable Print Media” on page 88.
Tray 2
Note:
Tray 2 feature is available only when the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit is installed.
Purpose:
To specify the paper loaded in the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 296
Values:
Paper Size
mm series
A4 - 210x297mm
*1
A5 - 148x210mm
B5 - 182x257mm
Letter - 8.5x11"
US Folio - 8.5x13"
Legal - 8.5x14"
Executive - 7.25x10.5"
inch series
Letter - 8.5x11"
*1
US Folio - 8.5x13"
Legal - 8.5x14"
A4 - 210x297mm
A5 - 148x210mm
B5 - 182x257mm
Executive - 7.25x10.5"
Paper Type Plain*
Letterhead
Hole Punched
Colored
Display Screen Off
Does not display a popup that prompts to set Paper Type and Paper
Size when paper is loaded in the optional 250-sheet paper cassette
unit.
On*
Displays a popup that prompts to set Paper Type and Paper Size
when paper is loaded in the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit.
*1
The default for Paper Size varies depending on country-specific factory default.
Note:
For more information on supported paper sizes, see also “Usable Print Media” on page 88.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 297
Panel Language
Purpose:
To determine the language of the text on the operator panel screen.
Values:
English
Français
Italiano
Deutsch
Español
Nederlands
Português
Pусский
Türkçe
Traditional Chinese
Korean
Panel Lock Function
This feature prevents unauthorized users from changing settings made by the administrator.
However, you can select settings for individual print jobs using the print driver.
Enabling the Panel Lock
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Admin Menu, and then press the
button.
3. Select Secure Settings, and then press the
button.
4. Select Panel Lock, and then press the
button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 298
5. Select Panel Lock Set, and then press the button.
6. Select Enable, and then press the
button.
7. Enter the new password, and then press the
button.
8. Re-enter the password to confirm the password that you entered, and then press the
button.
Note:
❏ The factory-default panel password is 0000.
❏ Be sure to remember the password. The procedure described below allows you to reset the password,
but the settings for Address Book and Phone Book are cleared.
❏ Turn off the printer. Then, while holding the System button, turn on the printer.
❏ If you change the password while Panel Lock Set is Enable, perform steps 1 to 2. Enter the
current password, and then press the
button. Perform steps 3 to 4. Select Change Password,
and then press the
button. Enter the current password, and then press the button. Perform
steps 7 and 8. This will change the password.
Disabling the Panel Lock
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Admin Menu, and then press the
button.
3. Enter the password, and then press the
button.
4. Select Secure Settings, and then press the
button.
5. Select Panel Lock, and then press the
button.
6. Select Panel Lock Set, and then press the
button.
7. Select Disable, and then press the
button.
8. Enter the current password, and then press the
button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 299
Limiting Access to Copy, Fax, Scan, and Print from USB Operations
Enabling the Copy Lock, Fax Lock, Scan Lock, and Print from USB Lock options limits access to copy,
fax, scan, and print from USB operations by requiring a password to be entered before copying,
scanning, faxing, or printing.
Taking Fax Lock as an example, the following procedure explains how to enable or disable the option.
Use the same procedure to enable or disable Copy Lock, Scan Lock, or Print from USB Lock.
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Admin Menu, and then press the
button.
3. Select Secure Settings, and then press the
button.
4. Select Panel Lock, and then press the
button twice.
5. Select Enable, and then press the
button.
6. Enter the password using the numeric keypad and then press the
button.
7. Re-enter the password, and then press the
button.
Note:
The default password is 0000.
8. Press the
(Back) button twice.
9. Select Service Lock, and then press the
button.
10. Select FAX, and then press the
button.
11. Select one of the following option, and then press the
button.
❏ Unlocked
❏ Locked
❏ Password Locked
❏ Color Pass. Locked (available only for Copy Lock and Print from USB Lock)
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 300
Setting the Power Saver Timer Option
You can set the power saver timer for the printer. The printer switches to the Power Saver mode after
the specified time.
To set the power saver timer:
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Admin Menu, and then press the
button.
3. Select System Settings, and then press the
button.
4. Select Power Saver Timer, and then press the
button.
5. Select Low Power Timer or Sleep Timer, and then press the
button.
6. Press the
or button or enter the desired value using the number keypad, and then press the
button.
You can select from 3–60 minutes for Low Power Timer or 1–6 minutes for Sleep Timer.
7. To return to the previous screen, press the
(Back) button.
Resetting to Factory Defaults
After executing Initialize NVM and rebooting the printer, all the menu parameters or data are reset to
their default values.
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Admin Menu, and then press the
button.
3. Select Maintenance, and then press the
button.
4. Select Initialize NVM, and then press the
button.
5. Select the desired setting, and then press the
button.
6. Select Yes, and then press the
button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 301
The printer restarts automatically to apply the settings.
Using the Numeric Keypad to Enter Characters
As you perform various tasks, you may need to enter names and numbers. For example, when you set
up your printer, you enter your name or your company name and telephone number. When you store
speed or group dial numbers, you may also need to enter the corresponding names.
Energy Saver
Clear All
Stop
Start
ErrorData
Redial /Pause
Speed Dial
@:./
GHI
PQRS
-_~
TUV
WXYZ
DEF
ABC
MNO
JKL
System
Address Book
Job Status
Back
Copy
Scan
Print
Fax
4
3
2
1
6
5
87
OK
C
0#
987
4
6
5
1
3
2
❏ When prompted to enter a letter, press the appropriate button until the correct letter appears on
the display.
For example, to enter the letter O, press 6.
- Each time you press 6, the display shows a different letter, m, n, o, M, N, O and finally 6.
- To enter additional letters, repeat the first step.
- Press the
button when you are finished.
Keypad Letters and Numbers
Key Assigned Numbers, Letters or Characters
1 1 @ . _ - (space) \ & ( ) ! " # $ % ' ~ ^ | ` ; : ? , + * / = [ ] { } < >
2a b c A B C 2
3d e f D E F 3
4g h i G H I 4
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 302
Key Assigned Numbers, Letters or Characters
5j k l J K L 5
6m n o M N O 6
7p q r s P Q R S 7
8t u v T U V 8
9w x y z W X Y Z 9
00
*@ . _ -
#(space) \ & ( )
Changing Numbers or Names
If you make a mistake while entering a number or name, press the Clear All button to delete the last
digit or character. Then enter the correct number or character.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 303
Chapter 10
Troubleshooting
Clearing Jams
Careful selection of appropriate print media and proper loading allow you to avoid most jams.
See Also:
❏ “About Print Media” on page 86
❏ “Supported Print Media” on page 88
Note:
Before buying large quantities of any print media, it is recommended that you try a sample first.
Avoiding Jams
❏ Use only recommended print media.
❏ See “Loading Print Media in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and the Optional 250-Sheet Paper
Cassette Unit” on page 92 and “Loading Print Media in the Single Sheet Feeder (SSF)” on page 97
to load print media properly.
❏ Do not overload the print media sources. Ensure that the print media stack height does not exceed
the maximum height indicated by the load-line labels in the tray.
❏ Do not load wrinkled, creased, damp, or curled print media.
❏ Flex, fan, and straighten print media before you load it. If a jam occurs with print media, try
feeding one sheet at a time through the single sheet feeder (SSF).
❏ Do not use print media that you have cut or trimmed.
❏ Do not mix print media sizes, weights, or types in the same print media source.
❏ Ensure that the recommended print side is face up when you load the print media in the standard
250-sheet tray and the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit. Also, the recommended print side
should be face down when you use the SSF.
❏ Keep print media stored in an acceptable environment.
❏ Do not remove the feeding tray during a print job.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 304
❏ Push the tray in firmly after loading.
❏ Ensure that all cables that connect to the printer are correctly attached.
❏ Overtightening the guides may cause jams.
❏ Wipe the feed roll in the tray or SSF with a cloth that is slightly dampened with water if jams caused
by misfeeding paper occur frequently.
See Also:
❏ “About Print Media” on page 86
❏ “Supported Print Media” on page 88
Identifying the Location of Paper Jams
c
Caution:
Do not attempt to remove a paper jammed deeply inside the product, particularly a paper wrapped
around a Fuser Unit or a heat roller. Otherwise, it may cause injuries or burns. Switch off the
product promptly and contact your local Epson representative.
Important:
Do not attempt to clear any jams using tools or instruments. This may permanently damage the printer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 305
The following illustration shows where paper jams may occur along the print media path.
1
2
4
5
6
3
7
1 Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
2 Optional Duplex Unit
3Fuser Unit
4 Optional 250-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit
5 Single Sheet Feeder (SSF)
6 Standard 250-Sheet Tray
7Front Cover
Clearing Paper Jams From the ADF
When a document jams while it passes through the ADF, remove the jam in the following procedure.
Note:
To prevent document jams, use the document glass for thick, thin, or mixed documents.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 306
Important:
Protect the drums of the drum cartridge against bright light. If the front cover remains open for more
than 5 minutes, print quality may deteriorate.
1. Remove the remaining documents from the ADF.
If the document is jammed in the paper feed area:
aOpen the ADF cover.
b Lift the release lever 90 degrees and remove the jammed document by carefully pulling the
document in the direction of the arrow shown in the following illustration.
If you find it difficult to pull the document:
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 307
c Remove the ADF pickup module and remove the document by gently pulling the document
in the direction of the arrow shown in the following illustration.
d Insert the ADF pickup module and press down the release lever.
If the document is jammed in the paper exit area:
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 308
e Remove the jammed document from the document output tray.
f Close the ADF cover, and then load the documents back into the document feeder tray.
Note:
Ensure that you adjust the document guides before printing a Legal-size document.
2. If you cannot remove the jammed document from the document output tray or cannot find any
jammed document there, open the document cover.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 309
3. Remove the document from the ADF feed roller or the feed area by carefully pulling the document
in the direction of the arrow shown in the following illustration.
4. Close the document cover, and then load the documents back into the document feeder tray.
Clearing Paper Jams From the SSF
Important:
Protect the drums of the drum cartridge against bright light. If the front cover remains open for more
than 5 minutes, print quality may deteriorate.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 310
Note:
To resolve the error displayed on the LCD panel, you must clear all print media from the print media
path.
1. Pull the jammed paper out of the SSF. If you cannot remove the jammed paper or cannot find any
jammed paper there, go to the next step to remove the jammed paper from the inside of the
printer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 311
2. Remove the standard 250-sheet tray from the printer, and then pull out the jammed paper
remaining inside the printer. If you cannot remove the jammed paper or cannot find any jammed
paper there, go to the next step to remove the jammed paper from the inside of the printer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 312
3. Push the side button to open the front cover.
4. Open the belt unit until it stops and remove the jammed paper. Confirm that there are no scraps of
paper remaining inside the printer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 313
5. Close the belt unit, and push at the top of the unit until it clicks.
6. Close the front cover.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 314
7. Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
Important:
Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray or the inside of the printer.
Clearing Paper Jams From the Standard 250-Sheet Tray
Important:
Protect the drums of the drum cartridge against bright light. If the front cover remains open for more
than 5 minutes, print quality may deteriorate.
Note:
To resolve the error displayed on the LCD panel, you must clear all print media from the print media
path.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 315
1. Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer carefully. Hold the tray with both hands, lift the
front slightly, and remove it from the printer.
2. Remove all the jammed and/or creased paper from the tray.
3. Pull the jammed paper out carefully to avoid tearing it. If you cannot remove the paper, go to the
next step to remove the jammed paper from the inside of the printer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 316
4. Push the side button to open the front cover.
5. Open the belt unit until it stops and remove the jammed paper. Confirm that there are no scraps of
paper remaining inside the printer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 317
6. Close the belt unit, and push at the top of the unit until it clicks.
7. Close the front cover.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 318
8. Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
Important:
Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray or the inside of the printer.
Clearing Paper Jams From the Fuser Unit
Important:
❏ Ensure nothing touches or scratches the surface (black-colored film) of the belt unit. Scratches, dirt,
or oil from your hands on the film of the belt unit may reduce print quality.
❏ Protect the drums of the drum cartridge against bright light. If the front cover remains open for more
than 5 minutes, print quality may deteriorate.
Note:
To resolve the error displayed on the LCD panel, you must clear all print media from the print media
path.
1. Turn off the printer and wait for 40 minutes.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 319
2. Push the side button to open the front cover.
3. Open the belt unit.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 320
4. Lift the levers at both ends of the fuser unit, and remove the jammed paper. If you are still unable to
remove the paper, go to the next step.
c
Caution:
The fuser unit is hot. Do not touch it, doing so may cause burns.
5. Open the cover of the fuser unit and remove the jammed paper.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 321
6. Close the cover of the fuser unit and press down the levers at both ends of the fuser unit.
7. Confirm that there are no scraps of paper remaining inside the printer, and then close the belt
unit.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 322
8. Close the front cover.
Clearing Paper Jams From the Optional Duplex Unit
Note:
To resolve the error displayed on the LCD panel, you must clear all print media from the print media
path.
1. Push the side button to open the front cover.
2. Open the cover of the optional duplex unit.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 323
3. Remove the jammed paper from the optional duplex unit.
4. Close the cover of the optional duplex unit.
5. Close the front cover.
Clearing Paper Jams From the Optional 250-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit
Note:
To resolve the error displayed on the LCD panel, you must clear all print media from the print media
path.
1. Pull the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit out of the printer carefully. Hold the cassette unit
with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 324
Note:
Paper in the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit feeds to the printer from the front of the standard
250-sheet tray, therefore paper jammed in the standard 250-sheet tray can block the optional
250-sheet paper cassette unit in the printer, preventing you from opening it. Look for the jammed
paper sequentially, starting with the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit.
2. Remove all jammed and/or creased paper from the cassette unit.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 325
3. Pull the jammed paper out carefully to avoid tearing it. If you cannot remove the paper, go to the
next step to remove the jammed paper from the inside of the printer.
4. Push the side button to open the front cover.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 326
5. Open the belt unit until it stops and remove the jammed paper. Confirm that there are no scraps of
paper remaining inside the printer.
6. Close the belt unit, and push at the top of the unit until it clicks.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 327
7. Close the front cover.
Note:
If the paper jam message is not cleared after you close the front cover, pull out the standard 250-sheet
tray and check if there is a jammed paper in the opening of the tray.
8. Insert the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit into the printer, and push until it stops.
Important:
Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray or the inside of the printer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 328
Jam Problems
Standard 250-Sheet Tray Misfeed Jam
Problem Action
Print media misfeeds occur in the
standard 250-sheet tray.
Ensure that the standard 250-sheet tray is properly inserted.
If the problem persists, verify that the correct print media is being used.
Verify that the correct print media is being used.
See Also:
“Usable Print Media” on page 88
If not, use the print media recommended for the printer.
If the problem persists, ensure that the print media is not damp.
Ensure that the print media is not curled.
If the problem persists, fan the print media.
Ensure that the print media is not damp.
If the print media is damp, turn over the print media.
If the problem persists, use print media that is not damp.
If the print media is not damp, fan the print media.
Fan the print media.
If the problem persists, wipe the feed roll in the standard 250-sheet tray with a cloth
moistened with water.
Wipe the feed roll in the standard 250-sheet tray with a cloth moistened with water.
If the problem persists, replace the drum cartridge if you have a spare cartridge.
Replace the drum cartridge if you have a spare cartridge.
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 329
SSF Misfeed Jam
Problem Action
Print media misfeeds occur in the SSF. Ensure that the SSF is properly inserted.
If the problem persists, verify that the correct print media is being used.
Verify that the correct print media is being used.
See Also:
“Usable Print Media” on page 88
If not, use the print media recommended for the printer.
If the problem persists, ensure that the print media is not damp.
Ensure that the print media is not curled.
If the problem persists, fan the print media.
Ensure that the print media is not damp.
If the print media is damp, turn over the print media.
If the problem persists, use print media that is not damp.
If the print media is not damp, fan the print media.
Fan the print media.
If the problem persists, wipe the feed roll in the SSF with a cloth moistened with
water.
Wipe the feed roll in the SSF with a cloth moistened with water.
If the problem persists, replace the drum cartridge if you have a spare cartridge.
Replace the drum cartridge if you have a spare cartridge.
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 330
Optional 250-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit Misfeed Jam
Problem Action
Print media misfeeds occur in the
optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit.
Ensure that the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit is properly inserted.
If the problem persists, ensure that the side cover is closed.
Ensure that the side cover is closed.
If the problem persists, verify that the correct print media is being used.
Verify that the correct print media is being used.
See Also:
“Usable Print Media” on page 88
If not, use the print media recommended for the printer.
If the problem persists, ensure that the print media is not damp.
Ensure that the print media is not curled.
If the problem persists, fan the print media.
Ensure that the print media is not damp.
If the print media is damp, turn over the print media.
If the problem persists, use print media that is not damp.
If the print media is not damp, fan the print media.
Fan the print media.
If the problem persists, wipe the feed roll in the optional 250-sheet paper cassette
unit with a cloth moistened with water.
Wipe the feed roll in the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit with a cloth
moistened with water.
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 331
Regi Jam (Exit Sensor On JAM)
Problem Action
Regi jam (Exit Sensor On JAM) occurs. Ensure that the drum cartridge is installed correctly.
If the problem persists, replace the drum cartridge if you have a spare cartridge as
instructed in “Replacing the Drum Cartridge” on page 403.
Replace the drum cartridge if you have a spare cartridge as instructed in “Replacing
the Drum Cartridge” on page 403.
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Exit Jam (Exit Sensor Off JAM)
Problem Action
Exit jam (Exit Sensor Off JAM) occurs. Ensure that the fuser unit is installed correctly.
Replace the fuser unit.
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Standard 250-Sheet Tray/Optional 250-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit Multi-feed Jam
Problem Action
Print media multiple feeds occur in the
standard 250-sheet tray or optional
250-sheet paper cassette unit.
Ensure that the tray is properly inserted.
If using coated paper, load coated paper one sheet at a time.
If using other type of print media, use print media that is not dump.
Load coated paper one sheet at a time.
If the problem persists, fan the print media.
Use print media that is not dump.
If the problem persists, fan the print media.
Fan the print media.
If the problem persists, wipe the feed roll in the tray where the multifeed occurred
with a cloth moistened with water.
Wipe the feed roll in the tray where the multifeed occurred with a cloth moistened
with water.
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 332
SSF Multi-feed Jam
Problem Action
Print media multiple feeds occur in the
SSF.
Ensure that the media type you are using.
If using coated paper, load coated paper one sheet at a time.
If using other type of print media, use print media that is not dump.
Load coated paper one sheet at a time.
If the problem persists, fan the print media.
Use print media that is not dump.
If the problem persists, fan the print media.
Fan the print media.
If the problem persists, wipe the feed roll in the tray where the multifeed occurred
with a cloth moistened with water.
Wipe the feed roll in the tray where the multifeed occurred with a cloth moistened
with water.
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Basic Printer Problems
Some printer problems can be easily resolved. If a problem occurs with your printer, check each of the
following:
❏ The power cord is connected to the printer, and to a properly grounded electrical outlet.
❏ The printer is turned on.
❏ The electrical outlet is not turned off at any switch or breaker.
❏ Other electrical equipment plugged into the outlet is working.
❏ The additional memory module is properly installed.
If you have checked all of the above and still have a problem, turn off the printer, wait for 10 seconds,
and then turn on the printer. This often fixes the problem.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 333
Display Problems
Problem Action
After the printer is turned on, the
display on the LCD panel is blank, keeps
showing Please wait..., or the back
light is not lit.
Turn off the printer, wait for 10 seconds, and turn on the printer. Self Test Message
appears on the LCD panel. When the test is completed, Ready is displayed.
Menu settings changed from the
operator panel have no effect.
Settings in the software program, the print driver, or the printer utilities have
precedence over the settings made on the operator panel.
Printing Problems
Problem Action
Job did not print or incorrect characters
printed.
Ensure that the top menu appears on the LCD panel before you send a job to print.
Press the System button to return to the top menu.
Ensure that the print media is loaded in the printer. Press the System button to
return to the top menu.
Verify that the printer is using the correct page description language (PDL).
Verify that you are using the correct print driver.
Ensure that the correct USB or Ethernet cable is securely connected to the printer.
Verify that the correct print media size is selected.
If you are using a print spooler, verify that the spooler has not stalled.
Check the printer’s interface from the Admin Menu.
Determine the host interface you are using. Print a panel settings page to verify that
the current interface settings are correct.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 334
Problem Action
Print media misfeeds or multiple feeds
occur in the standard 250-sheet tray or
SSF.
Ensure that the print media you are using meets the specifications for your printer.
See Also:
“Usable Print Media” on page 88
Fan the print media before loading it in the standard 250-sheet tray.
Ensure that the print media is loaded correctly.
Ensure that the width and length guides of the print media sources are adjusted
correctly.
Ensure that the standard 250-sheet tray is securely inserted.
Do not overload the tray.
Do not force print media into the SSF when you load it; otherwise, it may skew or
buckle.
Ensure that the print media is not curled.
Face the recommended print side up or down appropriately for the type of print
media you are using.
See Also:
“Loading Print Media” on page 91
Turn the print media over or around and try printing again to see if feeding
improves.
Do not mix print media types.
Do not mix reams of print media.
Remove the top and bottom curled sheets of a ream before loading the print media.
Load print media only when the tray is empty.
Wipe the feed roll in the standard 250-sheet tray or SSF with a cloth moistened with
water.
Replace the feed roll.
The envelope is creased after printed. Make sure that the envelope is loaded in the standard 250-sheet tray or SSF as
instructed in “Loading Envelope in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray” on page 94 or
“Loading Envelope in the Single Sheet Feeder (SSF)” on page 98.
Page breaks in unexpected places. Increase the value for the time-out on the operator panel or EpsonNet Config.
Print media does not stack neatly in the
output bin.
Turn the print media stack over in the tray.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 335
Problem Action
Cannot print from the standard
250-sheet tray because the print media
in the tray is curled.
Load the print media into the SSF.
Print Quality Problems
Note:
In this section, some procedures use the operator panel or EpsonNet Config.
See Also:
❏ “Understanding the Printer Menus” on page 227
❏ “EpsonNet Config” on page 52
The Output Is Too Light
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 336
Problem Action
The output is too light. The toner cartridges may be low or need to be replaced. Confirm the amount of
toner in each toner cartridge.
1. Check the toner level in the Printer Status window.
2. Replace the toner cartridges as necessary.
If the problem persists, disable Draft Mode in the print driver.
Disable Draft Mode in the print driver. The following procedure uses the PCL 6
driver as an example.
1. On the Advanced Settings tab, ensure that the Draft Mode check box is not
selected.
If the problem persists, try changing the Paper Type setting in the print driver.
The print media surface may be uneven. Try changing the Paper Type setting in the
print driver. For example, change the plain paper to heavy using a PCL 6 driver.
1. On the Paper / Output tab, change the Paper Type setting.
If the problem persists, verify that the correct print media is being used.
Verify that the correct print media is being used.
See Also:
“Usable Print Media” on page 88
If not, use the print media recommended for the printer.
If the problem persists, ensure that the eight yellow ribbons are correctly removed
from the drum cartridge.
Ensure that the eight yellow ribbons are correctly removed from the drum
cartridge.
See Also:
❏ “Installing a Toner Cartridge” on page 401
❏ “Installing the Drum Cartridge” on page 407
If not, remove the ribbons.
If the problem persists, replace the drum cartridge if you have a spare cartridge.
Replace the drum cartridge if you have a spare cartridge.
See Also:
❏ “Replacing the Drum Cartridge” on page 403
❏ “Installing the Drum Cartridge” on page 407
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 337
Toner Smears or Print Comes Off
Problem Action
Toner smears or print comes off. The print media surface may be uneven. Try changing the Paper Type setting in the
print driver. For example, change the plain paper to heavy using a PCL 6 driver.
1. On the Paper / Output tab, change the Paper Type setting.
If the problem persists, verify that the correct print media is being used.
Verify that the correct print media is being used.
See Also:
“Usable Print Media” on page 88
If not, use the print media recommended for the printer.
If the problem persists, replace the drum cartridge if you have a spare cartridge.
Replace the drum cartridge if you have a spare cartridge.
1. Replace the drum cartridge.
See Also:
❏ “Replacing the Drum Cartridge” on page 403
❏ “Installing the Drum Cartridge” on page 407
2. After you replace the drum cartridge, test print your document again.
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 338
Random Spots/Blurred Images
Problem Action
The printed result has random spots or
is blurred.
Ensure that the toner cartridges are installed correctly.
See Also:
“Installing a Toner Cartridge” on page 401
If the problem persists, ensure that the drum cartridge is installed correctly.
Ensure that the drum cartridge is installed correctly.
See Also:
❏ “Replacing the Drum Cartridge” on page 403
❏ “Installing the Drum Cartridge” on page 407
If the problem persists, replace the drum cartridge if you have a spare cartridge.
Replace the drum cartridge if you have a spare cartridge.
See Also:
❏ “Replacing the Drum Cartridge” on page 403
❏ “Installing the Drum Cartridge” on page 407
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
The Entire Output Is Blank
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 339
Problem Action
The entire output is blank. The toner cartridges may be low or need to be replaced. Confirm the amount of
toner in each toner cartridge.
1. Check the toner level in the Printer Status window.
2. Replace the toner cartridges as necessary.
If the problem persists, disable Draft Mode in the print driver.
Disable Draft Mode in the print driver. The following procedure uses the PCL 6
driver as an example.
1. On the Advanced Settings tab, ensure that the Draft Mode check box is not
selected.
If the problem persists, try changing the Paper Type setting in the print driver.
The print media surface may be uneven. Try changing the Paper Type setting in the
print driver. For example, change the plain paper to heavy using the PCL 6 driver.
1. On the Paper / Output tab, change the Paper Type setting.
If the problem persists, verify that the correct print media is being used.
Verify that the correct print media is being used.
See Also:
“Usable Print Media” on page 88
If not, use the print media recommended for the printer.
If the problem persists, ensure that the eight yellow ribbons are correctly removed
from the drum cartridge.
Ensure that the eight yellow ribbons are correctly removed from the drum
cartridge.
See Also:
❏ “Installing a Toner Cartridge” on page 401
❏ “Installing the Drum Cartridge” on page 407
If not, remove the ribbons.
If the problem persists, replace the drum cartridge if you have a spare cartridge.
Replace the drum cartridge if you have a spare cartridge.
See Also:
❏ “Replacing the Drum Cartridge” on page 403
❏ “Installing the Drum Cartridge” on page 407
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 340
Streaks Appear on the Output
Problem Action
Streaks appear on the output. The toner cartridges may be low or need to be replaced. Confirm the amount of
toner in each toner cartridge.
1. Check the toner level in the Printer Status window.
2. Replace the toner cartridges as necessary.
If the problem persists, replace the drum cartridge if you have a spare cartridge.
Replace the drum cartridge if you have a spare cartridge.
See Also:
❏ “Replacing the Drum Cartridge” on page 403
❏ “Installing the Drum Cartridge” on page 407
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Part or the Entire Output Is Black
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 341
Problem Action
Part or the entire output is black.
Ensure Output Color is set to Color in the print driver. The following procedure
uses the PCL 6 driver as an example.
1. On the Image Options tab, ensure that the Output Color is set to Color.
If the problem persists, replace the drum cartridge if you have a spare cartridge.
Replace the drum cartridge if you have a spare cartridge.
See Also:
❏ “Replacing the Drum Cartridge” on page 403
❏ “Installing the Drum Cartridge” on page 407
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Pitched Color Dots
Problem Action
The printed result has pitched color
dots.
Replace the drum cartridge if you have a spare cartridge.
See Also:
❏ “Replacing the Drum Cartridge” on page 403
❏ “Installing the Drum Cartridge” on page 407
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 342
Vertical Blanks
Problem Action
The printed result has vertical blanks. Ensure the light path is not covered.
1. Remove the drum cartridge, and keep it in the dark place.
See Also:
“Replacing the Drum Cartridge” on page 403
2. Check the light path, and then remove the shielding.
3. Re-install the drum cartridge.
See Also:
“Installing the Drum Cartridge” on page 407
If the problem persists, replace the drum cartridge if you have a spare cartridge.
Replace the drum cartridge if you have a spare cartridge.
See Also:
❏ “Replacing the Drum Cartridge” on page 403
❏ “Installing the Drum Cartridge” on page 407
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 343
Mottle
Problem Action
The printed result has mottled
appearance.
Verify that the print media recommended for the printer is being used.
If you use non-recommended print media, use the print media recommended for
the printer.
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Adjust the transfer bias.
1. On the operator panel, press the System button and select Admin Menu —
Maintenance — Adjust BTR.
2. Adjust the setting for the type of print media being used.
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Ghosting
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 344
Problem Action
The printed result has ghosting. If the type of the ghosting is positive ghost:
Replace the drum cartridge if you have a spare cartridge.
See Also:
❏ “Replacing the Drum Cartridge” on page 403
❏ “Installing the Drum Cartridge” on page 407
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
If the type of the ghosting is negative ghost:
Verify that the print media recommended for the printer is being used.
If you are using non-recommended print media, use the print media
recommended for the printer.
If the problem is solved, adjust the transfer bias.
If the problem persists, replace the drum cartridge if you have a spare cartridge.
Adjust the transfer bias.
1. On the operator panel, press the System button and select Admin Menu —
Maintenance — Adjust BTR.
2. Adjust the setting for the type of print media being used.
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Light-Induced Fatigue
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 345
Problem Action
The printed result has light-induced
fatigue pattern.
Replace the drum cartridge if you have a spare cartridge.
See Also:
❏ “Replacing the Drum Cartridge” on page 403
❏ “Installing the Drum Cartridge” on page 407
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Fog
Problem Action
The printed result is foggy. Replace the drum cartridge if you have a spare cartridge.
See Also:
❏ “Replacing the Drum Cartridge” on page 403
❏ “Installing the Drum Cartridge” on page 407
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Bead-Carry-Out (BCO)
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 346
Problem Action
Bead-Carry-Out (BCO) is happening. Replace the drum cartridge if you have a spare cartridge.
See Also:
❏ “Replacing the Drum Cartridge” on page 403
❏ “Installing the Drum Cartridge” on page 407
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Jagged Characters
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 347
Problem Action
The printed result has jagged
characters.
Set Screen to Fineness in the print driver. The following procedure uses the PCL 6
driver as an example.
1. On the Advanced Settings tab, set Screen under Items: to Fineness.
If the problem persists, set Image Quality to High Quality in the print driver.
Set Image Quality to High Quality in the print driver. The following procedure
uses the PCL 6 driver as an example.
1. On the Image Options tab, select High Quality from Image Quality.
If the problem persists, enable Bitmap Smoothing in the print driver.
Enable Bitmap Smoothing in the print driver. The following procedure uses the
PCL 6 driver as an example.
1. On the Advanced Settings tab, set Bitmap Smoothing under Items: to On.
If the problem persists, enable Bitmap Text Smoothing in the print driver.
Enable Bitmap Text Smoothing in the print driver. The following procedure uses
the PCL 6 driver as an example.
1. On the Advanced Settings tab, set Bitmap Text Smoothing under Items: to
On.
If the problem persists, check whether or not the downloaded font you are using is
recommended.
If using a downloaded font, ensure that the font is recommended for the printer,
operating system, and the application being used.
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Banding
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 348
Problem Action
The printed result has banding. Replace the drum cartridge if you have a spare cartridge.
See Also:
❏ “Replacing the Drum Cartridge” on page 403
❏ “Installing the Drum Cartridge” on page 407
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Auger Mark
Problem Action
The printed result has auger mark. Replace the drum cartridge if you have a spare cartridge.
See Also:
❏ “Replacing the Drum Cartridge” on page 403
❏ “Installing the Drum Cartridge” on page 407
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Wrinkled/Stained Paper
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 349
Problem Action
The output is wrinkled.
The output is stained.
Verify that the correct print media is being used.
If excessive wrinkles occur, use paper or other media from a new package.
See Also:
❏ “Usable Print Media” on page 88
❏ “About Print Media” on page 86
If not, use the print media recommended for the printer.
If the problem with printing on an envelope persists, check the wrinkle of the
envelope.
If the problem with printing on a print media other than envelopes persists, contact
the Epson local representative office or an authorised dealer.
Check whether the wrinkle of the four edges of the envelope is within 30 mm.
If the wrinkle of the four edges of the envelope is within 30 mm, this type of wrinkle
is considered normal. Your printer is not at fault.
If not, take following actions:
❏ If the envelope is 220 mm or longer (C5 or Com-10), load the envelope in the
standard 250-sheet tray in the short edge feed orientation with the flap closed
and print side up.
❏ If the envelope is shorter than 220 mm (Monarch or DL), load the envelope in
the standard 250-sheet tray in the short edge feed orientation with the flap
c lo se d a nd pr in t s id e up , o r in th e l on g e dg e f ee d o ri en ta t io n wi t h t he fl ap op en
and print side up.
Load the envelopes in the standard 250-sheet tray in the short edge feed
orientation with the flap closed and print side up.
See Also:
“Loading Envelope in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray” on page 94
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Load the envelopes in the standard 250-sheet tray in the long edge feed
orientation with the flap open and print side up.
See Also:
“Monarch or DL” on page 95
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 350
Damage on the Leading Edge of Paper
Problem Action
The output is damaged on its leading
edge.
When using the SSF, reverse the paper and then try again.
If the problem persists, change the paper with another one and then try again.
When using the standard 250-sheet tray or optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit,
change the paper and then try again.
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Change the paper with another one and then try again.
If the problem persists, use the standard 250-sheet tray or optional 250-sheet paper
cassette unit in place of the SSF.
Use the standard 250-sheet tray or optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit in place
of the SSF.
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
The Top and Side Margins Are Incorrect
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 351
Problem Action
The top and side margins are incorrect. Ensure that the margins are set correctly on the application being used.
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Color Registration Is out of Alignment
Problem Action
Color registration is out of alignment. Execute auto color registration adjustment.
1. On the operator panel, press the System button and select Admin Menu —
Maintenance — Adjust ColorRegi — Auto Adjust — Yes.
If the problem persists, check whether or not you have a spare drum cartridge.
Check whether or not you have a spare drum cartridge.
If you have a spare drum cartridge, replace the drum cartridge.
If you do not have a spare drum cartridge, contact the Epson local representative
office or an authorised dealer.
Replace the drum cartridge if you have a spare cartridge.
See Also:
❏ “Replacing the Drum Cartridge” on page 403
❏ “Installing the Drum Cartridge” on page 407
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 352
Protrudent/Bumpy Paper
Problem Action
Printed surface got protrudent/bumpy. Clean up the fuser unit.
1. Load one sheet of paper on the SSF, and then print a solid image all over paper.
2. Load the printed sheet with the side to be printed on facing down, and then print
a blank sheet of paper.
If the problem persists, contact the Epson local representative office or an
authorised dealer.
Copy Problem
Problem Action
A document loaded in the ADF cannot
be copied.
Ensure that the ADF cover is firmly closed.
Ensure that the release lever is properly positioned.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 353
Copy Quality Problems
Problem Action
There are lines or streaks in copies
made from the ADF.
There is debris on the ADF glass. When scanning, the paper from the ADF passes
over the debris creating lines or streaks.
Clean the ADF glass with a lint free cloth.
See Also:
“Cleaning the Scanner” on page 385
There are spots in copies taken from the
document glass.
There is debris on the document glass. When scanning, the debris creates a spot on
the image.
Clean the document glass with a lint free cloth.
See Also:
“Cleaning the Scanner” on page 385
The reverse side of the original is
showing on the copy.
Use the Lighten option on the Copy menu.
For information on making the image lighter, see “Lighten/Darken” on page 140.
Light colors are washed out or white on
the copy.
On the Copy menu, disable Auto Exposure.
For information on turning Auto Exposure on and off, see “Auto Exposure” on
page 142.
Image is too light or dark. Use the Lighten/Darken option on the Copy menu.
For information on making the image lighter or darker, see “Lighten/Darken” on
page 140.
Note:
If the problem continues even though you have taken suggested actions described above, contact the
Epson local representative office or an authorised dealer.
Adjusting Color Registration
This section describes how to adjust the color registration when you first install the printer or after
moving it to a new location.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 354
Performing Auto Adjust
Auto Adjust allows you to correct the color registration automatically.
The Operator Panel
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Admin Menu, and then press the
button.
3. Select Maintenance, and then press the
button.
4. Select Adjust ColorRegi, and then press the
button.
5. Select Auto Adjust, and then press the
button.
6. Select Yes, and then press the
button.
Auto adjust is performed.
Printing the Color Registration Chart
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Admin Menu, and then press the
button.
3. Select Maintenance, and then press the
button.
4. Select Adjust ColorRegi, and then press the
button.
5. Select Color Regi Chart, and then press the
button.
6. Select Yes, and then press the
button.
The color registration chart is printed.
Determining Values
On the color registration chart, there are two types of charts: Chart 1 (fast scan) and Chart 2 (slow
scan).
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 355
The Chart 1 is used to adjust the color registration for the fast scan direction, which is vertical to paper
feed direction. The Chart 2 is used to adjust the color registration for the slow scan direction, which is
horizontal to paper feed direction.
The following sections explain how to determine the adjustment values for the fast scan and the slow
scan using Chart 1 and Chart 2.
Fast Scan
On the Chart 1 of the color registration chart, find the straightest lines where the two black lines and
the colored line are most closely aligned for each color (Y, M, and C). If you find the straightest line,
make a note of the value (-9 to +9) indicated by the straightest line for each color.
When the value is 0 for each color, you do not need to adjust the color registration for the fast scan.
When the value is not 0, enter the value using the procedure in “Entering Values” on page 357.
* Straightest line
Slow Scan
On the Chart 2 of the color registration chart, find the medium line within the range of white area for
each color pattern (Y, M, and C). If you find the medium line, make a note of the value (-9 to +9)
indicated by the medium line for each color.
When the value is 0 for each color, you do not need to adjust the color registration for the slow scan.
When the value is not 0, enter the value using the procedure in “Entering Values” on page 357.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 356
Entering Values
* Lattice pattern
Using the operator panel, enter the values found in the color registration chart to make adjustments.
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Admin Menu, and then press the
button.
3. Select Maintenance, and then press the
button.
4. Select Adjust ColorRegi, and then press the
button.
5. Select Enter Number, and then press the
button.
6. Ensure that LY=, LM=, and LC= appear.
7. Press the
or button to specify the values for LY, LM, and LC.
Note:
To move the cursor to the next value, press the
button.
8. Press the
button.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 357
9. Ensure that RY=, RM=, and RC= appear.
10. Press the
or button to specify the values for RY, RM, and RC.
Note:
To move the cursor to the next value, press the
button.
11. Press the
button.
12. Ensure that PY=, PM=, and PC= appear.
13. Press the
or button to specify the values for PY, PM, and PC.
Note:
To move the cursor to the next value, press the
button.
14. Press the
button.
15. Select Color Regi Chart, and then press the
button.
16. Select Yes, and then press the
button.
The color registration chart is printed with the new values.
If the straightest line is not at the value of 0, adjust the values again. Checking the charts before and
after the adjustments will help you to determine the values to enter.
After printing the color registration chart, do not turn off the printer until the printer motor has
stopped running.
Note:
If 0 is not next to the straightest lines, determine the values and adjust the printer again.
Fax Problems
Problem Action
The printer is not working, there is no
display and the buttons are not
working.
Unplug the power cord and plug it in again.
Ensure that there is power to the electrical receptacle.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 358
Problem Action
No dial tone sounds. Check that the phone line is connected properly.
See Also:
“Connecting the Telephone Line” on page 190
Check that the phone socket in the wall is working by plugging in another phone.
The numbers stored in the memory do
not dial correctly.
Ensure that the numbers are stored in the memory correctly.
Print an Address Book list.
The document does not feed into the
printer.
Ensure that the document is not wrinkled and you are putting it in correctly. Check
that the document is of the right size, not too thick or thin.
Ensure that the ADF cover is firmly closed.
Faxes are not received automatically. The Fax mode should be selected.
Ensure that there is paper in the paper tray.
Check to see if the display shows Memory Full.
If the time interval specified for the following features is too long, change the time
interval shorter such as 30 seconds.
❏ Auto Answer Fax
❏ Auto Ans. TEL/FAX
❏ Auto Ans. Ans/FAX
The printer does not send faxes. Sending should show up on the display.
Check the other fax machine you are sending to, to see if it can receive your fax.
Check the dialing type for Tone or Pulse.
Ensure that the document is loaded in the ADF or on the document glass.
The incoming fax has blank spaces or is
received in poor quality.
Check your printer by making a copy.
The toner cartridge may be end of its service life. Replace the toner cartridge.
See Also:
“Replacing Toner Cartridges” on page 398
A noisy phone line can cause line errors. Set the fax modem speed to a slower
speed.
The fax machine sending you the fax may be faulty.
Some of the words on an incoming fax
are stretched.
The fax machine sending you the fax had a temporary document jam.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 359
Problem Action
There are lines on the documents you
send.
Check your scan glass for marks and clean it.
See Also:
“Cleaning the Scanner” on page 385
The printer dials a number, but the
connection with another fax machine
fails.
The other fax machine may be turned off, out of paper, or cannot answer incoming
calls. Speak with the other machine operator and ask her/him to sort out the
problem.
Documents are not stored in the
memory.
There may not be enough memory to store the document. If the display shows a
Memory Full message, delete any documents you no longer need from the
memory and then restore the document, or wait for the job in progress (e.g., a fax
transmission or reception) to complete.
Blank areas appear at the bottom of
each page or on other pages, with a
small strip of text at the top.
You may have chosen the wrong paper settings in the user option setting.
See Also:
“Supported Print Media” on page 88
The printer will not send or receive
faxes.
Ensure that the country code is set correctly under System — Admin Menu — Fax
Settings — Region.
Check the dialing type for Tone or Pulse.
Check that the cables are connected properly.
If the telephone line cord is connected to the printer via any device such as an
answering machine and a computer, remove the device and directly connect the
telephone line cord to the printer.
An error often occurs during a fax
transmission or reception.
Reduce the modem speed under System — Admin Menu — Fax Settings —
Modem Speed.
The printer receive faxes, but it does not
print.
Check the toner level.
Ensure that there is paper in the paper tray.
Ensure that Sent Fax Fwd is set to off.
Ensure that Junk Fax Filter is set to off.
Ensure that SecureReceiveSet is set to disabled.
Execute Initialize NVM.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 360
Scanning Problems
Problem Action
The scanner does not work. Ensure that you place the document to be scanned facing down from the
document glass, or facing up in the ADF.
There may not be enough available memory to hold the document you want to
scan. Try the Prescan function to see if that works. Try lowering the scan resolution
rate.
Check that the USB or Ethernet cable is connected properly.
Ensure that the USB or Ethernet cable is not defective. Switch the cable with a
known good cable. If necessary, replace the cable.
If using the network TWAIN (WIA) driver, check that the Ethernet cable is connected
properly and the IP address of the printer is set correctly. To check the IP address,
see “Verifying the IP Settings” on page 64.
Check that the scanner is configured correctly. Check the application you want to
use to make certain that the scanner job is being sent to the correct port.
Ensure that the scanner sharing feature is disabled when you use Mac OS X before
you scan documents via an ICA compatible application such as Image Capture. The
printer does not support the scanner sharing feature of Mac OS X. Select a printer
which is directly connected to the computer via USB or wired LAN and scan
documents.
The printer scans very slowly. Graphics are scanned more slowly than text when you use the Scan to E-mail or
Scan to Network feature.
Communication speed becomes slow in scan mode because of the large amount of
memory required to analyze and reproduce the scanned image.
Scanning images at a high resolution takes more time than scanning at a low
resolution.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 361
Problem Action
Document misfeeds or multiple feeds
occur in the ADF.
Check whether the ADF Pickup Module is installed properly.
Ensure the document’s paper type meets the specifications for the printer.
See Also:
“Usable Print Media” on page 88
Check whether the document is properly loaded in the ADF.
Ensure that the document guides are adjusted properly.
Ensure that the number of document sheets do not exceed the maximum capacity
of the ADF.
Ensure that the document is not curled.
Fan the document well before loading it in the ADF.
Vertical stripes appear on the output
when scanned using the ADF.
Clean the ADF glass.
See Also:
“Cleaning the Scanner” on page 385
A smear appears at the same location
on the output when scanned using the
document glass.
Clean the document glass.
See Also:
“Cleaning the Scanner” on page 385
Images are skewed. Ensure that the document is loaded straight in the ADF or on the document glass.
Diagonal lines appear jagged when
scanned using the ADF.
If the document uses thick media, try scanning it from the document glass.
Message appears on your computer
screen:
❏ Device can’t be set to the H/W
mode you want.
❏ Port is being used by another
program.
❏ Port is Disabled.
❏ Scanner is busy receiving or
printing data. When the current
job is completed, try again.
❏ Invalid handle.
❏ Scanning has failed.
There may be a copying or printing job in progress. When the current job is
complete, try the job again.
The selected port is currently being used. Restart your computer and try again.
The cable may be improperly connected or the power may be off.
The scan driver is not installed or an operating environment is not set up properly.
Ensure that the port is properly connected and the power is turned on. Then restart
your computer.
Check that the USB or Ethernet cable is connected properly.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 362
Problem Action
The printer does not properly transfer
scan data to a specified destination via
the Scan to E-mail or Scan to Network
feature.
Check if the following settings have been set correctly on the EpsonNet Config.
Scan to Network
Check the following settings under Address Book — Computer/Server Address
Book — Edit Network Scan Address:
❏ Server Address
❏ Login Name
❏ Login Password
❏ Share Name
❏ Server Path
Scan to E-mail
Check the following setting under Address Book — Email Address Book:
❏ Address
Cannot scan using WIA on a Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2003 computer.
Enable WIA on the computer.
To enable WIA:
1. Click Start, point to Administrative Tools, and then click Services.
2. Right-click Windows Image Acquisition (WIA), and then click Start.
Cannot scan using TWAIN or WIA on a
Windows Server
®
2008 or Windows
Server 2008 R2 computer.
Install the Desktop Experience feature on the computer.
To install Desktop Experience:
1. Click Start, point to Administrative Tools, and then click Server Manager.
2. Under Features Summary, click Add Features.
3. Select the Desktop Experience check box, click Next, and then click Install.
4. Restart the computer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 363
Problems With Installed Optional Accessories
Problem Action
The optional 250-sheet paper cassette
unit does not work correctly.
Ensure that the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit is correctly installed on the
printer. Re-install the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit.
See Also:
❏ “Removing the Optional 250-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit” on page 436
❏ “Installing the Optional 250-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit” on page 44
If the problem persists, contact customer support.
Ensure that the print media is loaded correctly.
See Also:
“Loading Print Media in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and the Optional 250-Sheet
Paper Cassette Unit” on page 92
If the problem persists, contact customer support.
The additional memory module does
not work correctly.
Ensure that the additional memory module is securely connected to the memory
connector.
If the problem persists, contact customer support.
Scan Driver/Printer Utility Problems
Problem Action
Unable to retrieve the Address Book
data from the printer on the Address
Book Editor.
Check that the USB or Ethernet cable is connected properly.
Ensure that the power of your printer is on.
Ensure that the scan driver is installed on your computer. (The Address Book Editor
retrieves the Address Book data via the scan driver when the printer is connected
using a USB cable.)
The TWAIN driver cannot connect to
the printer.
Check that the USB or Ethernet cable is connected properly.
If using the network connection, check that IP address of the printer is set correctly.
To check the IP address, see “Scanning Using the TWAIN Driver” on page 154.
Check whether the printer is on. If the printer is on, reboot it by turning the power
switch off and then on again.
If a scan application is running, close the application once, restart the application,
and then try scanning again.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 364
Problem Action
The scan driver has not been registered
on your computer and cannot be
accessed from Express Scan Manager.
Install the scan driver. If the scan driver is installed, uninstalled it and then re-install
it. After the installation of the scan driver is completed, re-install the Express Scan
Manager.
Failed to scan your document on the
printer via Express Scan Manager.
Ensure that your computer and the printer is properly connected with the USB
cable.
Check whether the printer is on. If the printer is on, reboot it by turning the power
switch off and then on again.
If a scan application is running, close the application once, restart the application,
and then try scanning again.
Network connection cannot be used. Connect with the USB cable.
Uninstall Express Scan Manager on your computer and then re-install it.
Failed to create an image file via
Express Scan Manager.
Ensure there is sufficient space in your hard disk.
Uninstall Express Scan Manager on your computer and then re-install it.
Failed to initialize Express Scan
Manager.
Uninstall Express Scan Manager on your computer and then re-install it.
Failed to execute Express Scan
Manager.
Uninstall Express Scan Manager on your computer and then re-install it.
An unexpected error occurred on
Express Scan Manager.
Uninstall Express Scan Manager on your computer and then re-install it.
Other Problems
Problem Action
Condensation has occurred inside the
printer.
This usually occurs within several hours after you heat the room in winter. This also
occurs when the printer is operating in a location where relative humidity reaches
85% or more. Adjust the humidity or relocate the printer to an appropriate
environment.
"092-310", “092-910", or “092-410" is
displayed.
Clean the CTD sensor.
See Also:
“Cleaning the Color Toner Density (CTD) Sensor” on page 394
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 365
Problem Action
No Documents is displayed on the LCD
panel when you are selecting a file for
Print from USB Memory feature.
Confirm that there are files with the supported file formats (PDF, TIFF, or JPEG) in the
USB storage device.
If the target file is in a deep hierarchy in the USB storage device, move the file to the
root directory on your computer.
Shorten the target file name in the USB storage device on your computer, and try
printing again.
Understanding Printer Messages
The printer LCD panel displays messages describing the current state of the printer and indicates
possible printer problems you must resolve. This section describes messages, their meanings, and how
to clear the messages.
Important:
When an error message is displayed, the print data remaining on the printer and the information
accumulated in the memory of the printer are not secured.
Message What You Can Do
Jam at ADF
Open ADF Cover
and Remove Paper
Remove the remaining documents from the ADF.
Job Canceled.
Open ADF Cover
and Remove All Paper.
Fuser Error
Error 010-317
Reseat Fuser
Restart Printer
Turn off the printer and wait for 40 minutes. Open the front cover and make sure
that the fuser unit is fully installed.
Fuser Error
Error 010-397
Error Code:xxxxxxxx
Restart Printer
Turn off the printer. Confirm that the fuser unit is correctly installed, and turn on
the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 366
Message What You Can Do
Certificate Fail
Error 016-404
Contact Administer
Restart Printer
Contact your system administrator.
Certificate Fail
Error 016-405
Contact Administer
Restart Printer
Erase Flash Error
Error 016-500
Restart Printer
Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Contact customer support if this failure
is repeated.
Write Flash Error
Error 016-501
Restart Printer
Verify Flash Error
Error 016-502
Restart Printer
Email Error
Invalid SMTP Server
Error 016-503
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if
SMTP server and DNS server are set correctly.
Email Error
Invalid POP3 Server
Error 016-504
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if
user name and password for POP3 server and DNS server are set correctly.
Email Login Error
POP3 Login Failed
Error 016-505
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if
user name and password used for POP3 server are set correctly.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 367
Message What You Can Do
Email Login Error
Error 016-506
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if
SMTP server or POP server is set.
Email Login Error
SMTP Login Failed
Error 016-507
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if
user name and password used for SMTP server are set correctly.
Certificate Fail
Error 016-520
Contact Administer
Restart Printer
Contact your system administrator.
Certificate Fail
Error 016-521
Contact Administer
Restart Printer
Certificate Fail
Error 016-522
Contact Administer
Restart Printer
Certificate Fail
Error 016-523
Contact Administer
Restart Printer
Certificate Fail
Error 016-524
Contact Administer
Restart Printer
Certificate Fail
Error 016-527
Contact Administer
Restart Printer
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 368
Message What You Can Do
Out of Memory
Job too Large
Error 016-718
Press Ok Button
The file size exceeds the maximum for the printer to process. Print the file from
your computer.
PDL Error
Error 016-720
Press Ok Button
The file format is not supported by the USB storage device. Print the file from
your computer.
Format Error
Error 016-737
Press Ok Button
Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Contact customer support if this failure
is repeated.
Protection Error
Error 016-741
Press Ok Button
Check Sum Error
Error 016-744
Press Ok Button
Job Ticket Error
Error 016-750
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover.
Wrong Password
Error 016-753
Press Ok Button
PDF Print Disabled
Error 016-755
Press Ok Button
Invalid User
Error 016-757
Press Ok Button
The account is not registered. Contact your system administrator.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 369
Message What You Can Do
Disabled Function
Error 016-758
Press Ok Button
The function cannot be used. Contact your system administrator.
Limit Exceeded
Error 016-759
Press Ok Button
Printable page limit is exceeded. Contact your system administrator.
Network Scan Error
SMTP Connection Failed
Error 016-764
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Contact
SMTP server administrator.
Network Scan Error
Email Server Full
Error 016-765
Press Ok Button
SMTP Server Error
Error 016-766
Press Ok Button
Invalid Email Address
Error 016-767
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check
e-mail address, and try scanning again.
Invalid 'From' Address
Error 016-768
Press Ok Button
Network Scan Error
Communication Timeout
Error 016-786
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if the
network cable is connected properly. If there is no problem with the network
cable, contact server administrator.
Network Not Ready
Error 016-790
Press Ok Button
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 370
Message What You Can Do
USB Memory Error
USB Memory was removed.
Error 016-791
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover.
Invalid Job
Error 016-799
Press Ok Button
Press the
button to clear the message and cancel the current print job.
Confirm the configuration of the printer on the print driver.
USB Host Error
Unsupported Device
Error 016-930
Remove from USB Port
The device is not supported. Remove it from the USB port.
USB Host Error
Hub is not supported
Error 016-931
Remove from USB Port
The USB hub is not supported. Remove it from the USB port.
Email Size Limit
Error 016-985
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Retry
scanning by lowering the resolution setting or changing the file format of the
scanned image.
File Size Limit
Error 016-986
Press Ok Button
Load NNN
XXX
YYY
Reload the specified paper on the standard 250-sheet tray or optional 250-sheet
paper cassette unit.
Tray Missing
Error 024-xxx
Insert Tray N
Insert the standard 250-sheet tray or optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit.
File Write Error
Error 026-721
Press Ok Button
Check your USB storage device:
❏ If the file size or the number of files exceeds the limit of your USB storage
device.
❏ If your USB storage device is write-protected.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 371
Message What You Can Do
IPv6 Duplicate
Change IP Address
Change IP address to avoid duplication. Turn off the printer, and turn it on again.
IPv4 Duplicate
Change IP Address
SMB Login Error
Error 031-521
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Confirm
login-able computer with your system administrator.
SMB Login Error
Error 031-522
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if
login name (domain name and user name) and password are correct.
SMB Error
Invalid Share Name
Error 031-523
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check the
share name you specified.
SMB Login Error
Error 031-524
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check the
number of users who use the server at the same time is not exceeding the upper
limit.
SMB Error
File Access Error
Error 031-525
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if the
specified user can read and write file at the storage location.
DNS Error
Name Resolve Error
Error 031-526
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check DNS
connection, or check if forwarding destination server is registered with DNS.
DNS Error
Server Address Error
Error 031-527
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Set DNS
address, or set forwarding destination server address as IP address.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 372
Message What You Can Do
SMB Error
Server Not Found
Error 031-528
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if the
printer can communicate via network with the forwarding destination SMB
server. For example, check the following:
❏ Connection of a network cable
❏ TCP/IP setting
❏ Communication with Port 137 (UDP), 138 (UDP), and 139 (TCP).
For communication beyond the subnet, contact your system administrator.
SMB Login Error
Error 031-529
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if
password is correct.
Scan Error
'Scan to' Folder Not Found
Error 031-530
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if
storage location is correct. Storage location you specified is DFS setting, and
check if it is linked to other server. Specify directly linked server, share name, and
storage location.
SMB List Error
Error 031-531
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check
access right of the folder you specified.
SMB Error
File Name Error
Error 031-532
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Change file
name and forwarding destination folder, or move or delete file in forwarding
destination folder.
SMB Error
Not Able to Make the File
Error 031-533
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check the
following:
❏ If the file name you specified is not used by other users.
❏ If file or folder that has the same name as the one you specified already
exists.
SMB Error
Not Able to Make the Folder
Error 031-534
Press Ok Button
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 373
Message What You Can Do
SMB Error
File Delete Error
Error 031-535
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if
other user is not operating file in storage location you specified.
SMB Error
Folder Delete Error
Error 031-536
Press Ok Button
SMB Error
Disk Full Error
Error 031-537
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if
storage location has free space.
SMB Error
Server Name Error
Error 031-539
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if
server name is correct.
SMB Login Error
Error 031-540
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if
domain name is correct.
SMB Login Error
Error 031-541
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if
login name (user name) is correct.
SMB initializing..
Error 031-542
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Wait for a
while and try the same operation again. Contact customer support if this failure
is repeated.
SMB Login Error
Error 031-543
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check login
permitted time with your system administrator.
SMB Login Error
Error 031-544
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check the
password valid period with your system administrator.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 374
Message What You Can Do
SMB Login Error
Error 031-545
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check
necessity of password change with your system administrator.
SMB Login Error
Error 031-546
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Contact
your system administrator for the destination server settings.
SMB Login Error
Error 031-547
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Contact
your system administrator for the destination server settings.
SMB Login Error
Error 031-548
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Contact
your system administrator for the destination server settings.
SMB Login Error
Error 031-549
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. On server
security settings, check access permission of null password user.
SMB Error
File Append Failed
Error 031-550
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check
append access right to the file. Check if server supports the SMB append com-
mand.
SMB Error
Rename Command Failed
Error 031-551
Press Ok Button
DNS Error
Scan Name Resolve Error
Error 031-574
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check DNS
connection, or check if name of forwarding destination server is registered with
DNS.
DNS Error
Invalid Server Address
Error 031-575
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Set DNS
address, or set forwarding destination server address as IP address.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 375
Message What You Can Do
FTP Login Error
Error 031-578
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if
login name (user name) and password are correct.
FTP Error
'Scan to' Folder Not Found
Error 031-579
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if
storage location is correct.
FTP Error
NLST Command Error
Error 031-580
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check
server access right.
FTP Error
File Name Error
Error 031-581
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Change file
name and forwarding destination folder, or move or delete file in forwarding
destination folder.
FTP Error
STOR Command Error
Error 031-582
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if the
file name you specified can be created in storage location. Check if storage
location has free space.
FTP Error
MKD Command Error
Error 031-584
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if the
folder name you specified can be created in storage location. Check if the folder
that has the same name as the one you specified already exists.
FTP Error
DEL Command Error
Error 031-585
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check
server access rights.
FTP Error
RMD Command Error
Error 031-587
Press Ok Button
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 376
Message What You Can Do
FTP Error
Write Error
Error 031-588
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if
storage location has free space.
FTP Error
TYPE Command Error
Error 031-594
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Try the
same operation again. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.
FTP Error
PORT Command Error
Error 031-595
Press Ok Button
Fax Communication Error
Error 033-513
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Try the
following:
❏ Print the received fax, or wait for a while until sending a fax is completed.
❏ Print the fax job stored using the Secure Receive feature.
Note:
For more information on the Secure Receive feature, see “Using the Secure
Receiving Mode” on page 216.
Fax Communication Error
Error 033-762
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. The printer
rejects faxes sent from unwanted numbers.
See also:
“Junk Fax Filter” on page 246
Fax Memory Full
Error 033-788
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Try the
following:
❏ Remove the received fax, or wait for a while until sending a fax is
completed.
❏ Print the fax job stored using the Secure Receive feature.
Note:
For more information on the Secure Receive feature, see “Using the Secure
Receiving Mode” on page 216.
Fax Communication Error
Error 034-515
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Try the
following:
❏ Try the same operation.
❏ Check the printer or remote machine if the memory is full.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 377
Message What You Can Do
No Answer
Check Line Connection
Error 034-791
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if the
telephone line cord is connected properly. If the line connection is correct,
check the following:
If Tone/Pulse setting is correct.
Note:
For more information on Tone/Pulse setting, see “Dialing Type” on page 245.
If Tone/Pulse setting is correct, check the following:
If the remote machine can receive a fax.
Target Fax
is Not Answering
Error 035-701
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check the
following:
❏ Status of the remote machine
❏ Tone/Pulse setting
Note:
For more information on Tone/Pulse setting, see “Dialing Type” on page 245.
Fax Communication Error
Error 035-702
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Try the
same operation.
Fax Communication Error
Error 035-708
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Try the
following:
❏ Try the same operation.
❏ Reduce the modem speed.
Note:
For more information on modem speed, see “Modem Speed” on page 250.
Fax Communication Error
Error 035-717
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Reduce the
modem speed.
Note:
For more information on modem speed, see “Modem Speed” on page 250.
Target Fax
is Not Answering
Error 035-718
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check the
status of the remote machine.
Fax Communication Error
Error 035-720
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check the
features of the remote machine.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 378
Message What You Can Do
Target Fax Busy
Error 035-781
Press Ok Button
Press the
button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to recover. Check if the
remote machine is busy.
Printer Overheated
Error 042-700
Wait for printer to
cool down
Wait for a while until the printer cools down.
Jam at Tray 1
Check Tray 1.
Open/Close Front Cover.
Remove the standard 250-sheet tray and jammed paper. Open and close the
front cover.
Press Ok Button
to Continue
Press the
button.
Jam at Tray 2
Check Tray 2
Open/Close Front Cover.
Remove the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit and jammed paper. Open
and close the front cover.
Jam at Tray 2
Open Tray 2
Open/Close Front Cover.
Remove the standard 250-sheet tray or the optional 250-sheet paper cassette
unit, and remove the jammed paper. Open and close the front cover.
250 Feeder Error
Error 072-215
Restart Printer
Turn off the printer. Confirm that the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit is
correctly installed, and turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
Jam at Tray 1 or 2
Open Tray 1 or 2
Open Front Cover
Remove the standard 250-sheet tray or the optional 250-sheet paper cassette
unit, and remove the jammed paper. Open and close the front cover.
Jam at Front Cover
Open Front Cover
and Remove Paper
Open the front cover and remove the jammed paper, and then open and close
the front cover.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 379
Message What You Can Do
Jam at Manual Feed Slot
Remove Paper from
Manual Feed Slot.
Open/Close Front Cover.
Pull the jammed paper out of the SSF. Open and close the front cover.
Reseat Paper in
the Manual Feed Slot
Pull the paper out of the SSF. Reload the paper in the SSF.
Duplexer Error
Error 077-215
Restart Printer
Turn off the printer. Confirm that the optional duplex unit is correctly installed,
and turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.
Front Cover Open.
Close Front Cover.
Close the front cover.
Side Door Open.
Close Side Door.
Close the side cover.
Drum Cartridge Error
Remove Drum Cartridge and
Confirm all Yellow Ribons
are Removed
Remove the ribbon from the drum cartridge. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
CRUM Error
Drum Cartridge
Error 091-916
Restart Printer
Open the front cover. Remove the unsupported drum cartridge, and install a
supported cartridge.
Waste Full
Yellow Cartridge
Open the side cover. Remove the used yellow cartridge, and install a new car-
tridge.
Waste Full
MagentaCartridge
Open the side cover. Remove the used magenta cartridge, and install a new
cartridge.
Waste Full
Cyan Cartridge
Open the side cover. Remove the used cyan cartridge, and install a new car-
tridge.
Waste Full
Black Cartridge
Open the side cover. Remove the used black cartridge, and install a new car-
tridge.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 380
Message What You Can Do
Insert
Drum Cartridge
Open the front cover, and make sure that the drum cartridge is fully installed.
CTD Sensor
Replace Soon
Clean the CTD sensor.
CTD Sensor Error
Restart Printer
Low Yellow Density.
Remove Yellow Toner,
Shake Cartridge,
and Reinstall.
Remove and shake the yellow cartridge. Contact customer support if this failure
is repeated.
Low Magenta Density.
Remove Magenta Toner,
Shake Cartridge,
and Reinstall.
Remove and shake the magenta cartridge. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
Low Cyan Density.
Remove Cyan Toner,
Shake Cartridge,
and Reinstall.
Remove and shake the cyan cartridge. Contact customer support if this failure is
repeated.
Low Black Density.
Remove Black Toner,
Shake Cartridge,
and Reinstall.
Remove and shake the black cartridge. Contact customer support if this failure is
repeated.
Blk - CRUM Error
Error 093-925
Restart Printer
Turn off the printer. Confirm the black cartridge is correctly installed, and turn
on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.
Invalid Toner
Black
Open the side cover. Remove the unsupported black cartridge, and install a
supported cartridge.
Y - CRUM Error
Error 093-950
Restart Printer
Turn off the printer. Confirm the yellow cartridge is correctly installed, and turn
on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 381
Message What You Can Do
M - CRUM Error
Error 093-951
Restart Printer
Turn off the printer. Confirm the magenta cartridge is correctly installed, and
turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.
C - CRUM Error
Error 093-952
Restart Printer
Turn off the printer. Confirm the cyan cartridge is correctly installed, and turn on
the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.
Invalid Toner
Yellow
Open the side cover. Remove the unsupported yellow cartridge, and install a
supported cartridge.
Invalid Toner
Magenta
Open the side cover. Remove the unsupported magenta cartridge, and install a
supported cartridge.
Invalid Toner
Cyan
Open the side cover. Remove the unsupported cyan cartridge, and install a
supported cartridge.
Insert Yellow
Toner Cartridge
Open the side cover, and make sure that the yellow cartridge is fully installed.
Insert Magenta
Toner Cartridge
Open the side cover, and make sure that the magenta cartridge is fully installed.
Insert Cyan
Toner Cartridge
Open the side cover, and make sure that the cyan cartridge is fully installed.
Insert Black
Toner Cartridge
Open the side cover, and make sure that the black cartridge is fully installed.
RAM Error
Error 116-316
Restart Printer
Turn off the printer. Remove the 512 MB additional memory module from the
slot, and then reattach it firmly. Turn on the printer. Contact customer support if
this failure is repeated.
Controller Error
Error 116-317
Restart Printer
Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Contact customer support if this failure
is repeated.
RAM Error
Error 116-320
Restart Printer
Remove the unsupported additional memory module. Contact customer sup-
port if this failure is repeated.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 382
Message What You Can Do
IIT Parameter Error
Error 117-361
Reset IIT Parameter
Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Contact customer support if this failure
is repeated.
Contacting Service
When you call for printer service, be prepared to describe the problem you are experiencing or the
error message on the LCD panel.
You need to know the model type and serial number of your printer. See the label located inside the
side cover of your printer.
Getting Help
Epson provides several automatic diagnostic tools to help you produce and maintain print quality.
LCD Panel Messages
The LCD panel provides you with information and troubleshooting help. When an error or warning
condition occurs, the LCD panel displays a message informing you of the problem.
See Also:
“Understanding Printer Messages” on page 366
Status Monitor Alerts
The Status Monitor is a tool that is included on the Software Disc. It automatically checks the printer
status when you send a print job. If the printer is unable to print your job, the Status Monitor
automatically displays an alert on your computer screen to let you know that the printer needs
attention.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 383
Non-Genuine Mode
When toner within a toner cartridge is end of its service life, the Replace XXXX Print Cartridge
(XXXX: Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, or Black) message appears.
When you want to use the printer in Non-Genuine mode, program the mode and replace the toner
cartridge.
Important:
If you use the printer in the Non-Genuine mode, the performance of the printer may not be at its
optimum. And any problems that may arise from the use of the Non-Genuine mode are not covered by
our quality guarantee. The continuous use of the Non-Genuine mode can also cause the printer to break
down, and any repair charges for such break down will be incurred by users.
Note:
Before starting the operation described below, confirm that Ready is displayed on the LCD panel.
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Admin Menu, and then press the
button.
3. Select Maintenance, and then press the
button.
4. Select Non-Genuine, and then press the
button.
5. Select Toner, and then press the
button.
6. Select On, and then press the
button.
7. Press the
button twice.
The printer switches to the Non-Genuine mode.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Troubleshooting 384
Chapter 11
Maintenance
Cleaning the Printer
This section describes how to clean the printer in order to maintain it in good condition and print
clean printouts all the time.
w
Warning:
When cleaning this product, use the designated cleaning materials exclusive to it. Other cleaning
materials may result in poor performance of the product. Never use aerosol cleaners, or it may
catch fire and cause explosion.
c
Caution:
When cleaning this product, always switch off and unplug it. Access to a live machine interior may
cause electric shock.
Cleaning the Scanner
Keep the scanner clean to ensure the best possible copies. Clean the scanner at the start of each day and
during the day, as needed.
1. Slightly dampen a soft lint-free cloth or paper towel with water.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 385
2. Open the document cover.
3. Wipe the surface of the document glass and automatic document feeder (ADF) glass until they are
clean and dry.
1
2
3
4
1White Sheet
Note:
Handle with care.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 386
2 White Document Cover
3Document Glass
4ADF Glass
4. Wipe the underside of the white document cover and white sheet until they are clean and dry.
5. Close the document cover.
Cleaning the ADF Feed Roller
Keep the ADF feed roller clean to ensure the best possible copies. Clean the ADF feed roller regularly.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 387
1. Open the ADF cover.
2. Wipe the ADF feed roller with a dry soft lint-free cloth or paper towel until it is clean.
If the ADF feed roller gets soiled with ink stains, paper from the ADF may also be soiled. In this
case, slightly dampen a soft lint-free cloth or paper towel with a neutral detergent or water, and
then remove the contamination from the ADF feed roller until it is clean and dry.
Cleaning Inside the Printer
Clean the feed roll inside the printer if print media does not feed correctly.
1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cord.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 388
2. Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the standard 250-sheet tray
with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
3. Push the side button to open the front cover.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 389
4. Open the belt unit.
5. Turn the four drum cartridge lock levers 90-degrees counterclockwise.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 390
6. Hold the drum cartridge levers, and then pull out the drum cartridge.
* drum cartridge lever
Note:
Keep the drum cartridge in a dark place. If the front cover remains open for more than 5 minutes,
print quality may deteriorate.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 391
7. Clean the feed roll inside the printer with a dry cloth.
8. Insert the drum cartridge until the line on the handle aligns with the white line on the printer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 392
9. Turn the four drum cartridge lock levers 90-degrees clockwise to lock the drum cartridge.
10. Close the belt unit, and push at the top of the unit until it clicks.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 393
11. Close the front cover.
12. Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
Important:
Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray or the inside of the printer.
Cleaning the Color Toner Density (CTD) Sensor
Clean the Color Toner Density (CTD) sensor only when an alert for the CTD sensor is shown on the
Printer Status window or operator panel.
1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cord.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 394
2. Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the standard 250-sheet tray
with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
3. Push the side button to open the front cover.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 395
4. Open the belt unit.
5. Clean the CTD sensor inside the printer with a clean dry cotton swab.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 396
6. Close the belt unit, and push at the top of the unit until it clicks.
7. Close the front cover.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 397
8. Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
Important:
Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray or the inside of the printer.
Replacing Toner Cartridges
Epson toner cartridges are available only through Epson.
It is recommended that you use Epson toner cartridges for your printer. Epson does not provide
warranty coverage for problems caused by using accessories, parts, or components not supplied by
Epson.
w
Warning:
❏ Use a broom or a wet cloth to wipe off spilled toner. Never use a vacuum cleaner for the spills.
It may catch fire by electric sparks inside the vacuum cleaner and cause explosion. If you spill a
large volume of toner, contact your local Epson representative.
❏ Never throw a toner cartridge into an open flame. Remaining toner in the cartridge may catch
fire and cause burn injuries or explosion.
If you have a used toner cartridge no longer needed, contact your local Epson representative for
its disposal.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 398
c
Caution:
❏ Keep toner cartridges out of the reach of children. If a child accidentally swallows toner, spit it
out, rinse mouth with water, drink water and consult a physician immediately.
❏ When replacing toner cartridges, be careful not to spill the toner. In case of any toner spills,
avoid contact with clothes, skin, eyes and mouth as well as inhalation.
❏ If toner spills onto your skin or clothing, wash it off with soap and water.
If you get toner particles in your eyes, wash it out with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes
until irritation is gone. Consult a physician if necessary.
If you inhale toner particles, move to a fresh air location and rinse your mouth with water.
If you swallow toner, spit it out, rinse your mouth with water, drink plenty of water and consult
a physician immediately.
Important:
❏ Do not shake the used toner cartridge to avoid spilling of the toner.
❏ Replace the toner cartridge with the printer turned on. If you turn off the printer, print data
remaining in the printer, and information stored on the printer’s memory are erased.
Overview
The printer has toner cartridges of four colors: black (K), yellow (Y), magenta (M), and cyan (C).
When a toner cartridge reaches its usable life-span, the following messages appear on the LCD panel.
Message Action
Replace XXXX Toner Cartridge
Soon
The toner cartridge has become end of its service life. Replace the old toner
cartridge with a new one.
Important:
❏ When placing a used toner cartridge on the floor or on a table, place a few sheets of paper under the
toner cartridge to catch any toner that may spill.
❏ Do not reuse old toner cartridges once you remove them from the printer. Doing so can impair print
quality.
❏ Do not shake or pound the used toner cartridges. The remaining toner may spill.
❏ We recommend you to use up the toner cartridges within one year after removing them from the
packaging.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 399
Removing the Toner Cartridges
1. Open the side cover.
2. Push the latch(es) backwards to pop open the toner cartridge(s) that you want to replace.
3. Pull the cartridge holder until it clicks, and then pull out the toner cartridge.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 400
Important:
Always pull the toner cartridge out slowly so you do not spill any toner.
Installing a Toner Cartridge
1. Unpack a new toner cartridge of the desired color and shake it five to six times to distribute the
toner evenly.
Note:
❏ Ensure that the color of the new toner cartridge matches that on the handle before replacing it.
❏ Handle the toner cartridge carefully to avoid spilling of the toner.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 401
2. Insert the toner cartridge into the associated cartridge holder, and then slide the latch of the toner
cartridge.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 402
3. Close the side cover.
Replacing the Drum Cartridge
This section describes how to replace the drum cartridge.
Important:
❏ Protect the drums of the drum cartridge against bright light. If the front cover remains open for more
than 5 minutes, print quality may deteriorate.
❏ Ensure nothing touches or scratches the surface (black-colored film) of the belt unit. Scratches, dirt,
or oil from your hands on the film of the belt unit may reduce print quality.
❏ Replace the drum cartridge with the printer turned on. If you turn off the printer, print data
remaining in the printer, and information stored on the printer’s memory are erased.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 403
Removing the Drum Cartridge
1. Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the standard 250-sheet tray
with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
2. Push the side button to open the front cover.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 404
3. Open the belt unit.
4. Turn the four drum cartridge lock levers 90-degrees counterclockwise.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 405
5. Hold the drum cartridge levers, and then pull out the drum cartridge.
* drum cartridge lever
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 406
Installing the Drum Cartridge
1. Open the drum cartridge packaging.
2. Take out the drum cartridge from the packaging.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 407
3. Completely pull out the eight yellow ribbons from the drum cartridge.
4. Remove the rear protective cover from the drum cartridge.
Note:
Do not remove the front protective cover at this moment.
1
2
1 Rear protective cover
2 Front protective cover
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 408
5. Insert the drum cartridge until the line on the handle aligns with the white line on the printer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 409
6. Turn the four drum cartridge lock levers 90-degrees clockwise to lock the drum cartridge.
7. Remove the front protective cover from the drum cartridge.
Important:
Ensure that you do not hit the belt unit when removing the front protective cover.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 410
8. Close the belt unit, and push at the top of the unit until it clicks.
9. Close the front cover.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 411
10. Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
Important:
Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray or the inside of the printer.
Replacing the Fuser Unit
This section describes how to replace the fuser unit.
c
Caution:
Before removing the fuser unit, turn off the printer and wait for 40 minutes until the fuser unit
cools down.
Important:
❏ To prevent electric shock, always turn off the printer and disconnect the power cord from the
grounded outlet before performing maintenance.
❏ Avoid bright light and try to finish the replacement within 5 minutes.
Removing the Fuser Unit
1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cord.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 412
2. Remove any paper in the document output tray.
3. Push the side button to open the front cover.
4. Open the belt unit.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 413
5. Pinch the gray lever on the right side of the fuser unit and lower the lever toward you.
6. Hold both sides of the fuser unit. Next, slightly raise the right side while holding down the left side,
and slide out the fuser unit.
Installing the Fuser Unit
1. Insert the protrusions of the new fuser unit into the two slots of the printer.
Note:
❏ Hold both sides of the fuser unit with your hands.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 414
❏ Make sure that the fuser unit is firmly set in the slots and cannot be moved easily.
2. Push the fuser unit forward until the right groove of the snaps into place.
3. Close the belt unit, and push at the top of the unit until it clicks.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 415
4. Close the front cover.
5. Reconnect the power cord to the power connector and turn on the printer.
Resetting the Counter of the Fuser Unit
After replacing the fuser unit, use the operator panel to reset the counter of the fuser unit.
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Admin Menu, and then press the button.
3. Select Maintenance, and then press the
button.
4. Select Reset Fuser, and then press the
button.
5. Select Yes, and then press the
button.
Replacing the Feed Roll Unit
This section describes how to replace the feed roll unit in the standard 250-sheet tray. Regularly
replacing the feed roll helps ensure the best quality output.
Epson feed rolls are available only through Epson.
It is recommended that you use Epson feed rolls for your printer. Epson does not provide warranty
coverage for problems caused by using accessories, parts, or components not supplied by Epson.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 416
Removing the Feed Roll Unit in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray
1. Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the standard 250-sheet tray
with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
Note:
Ensure that you remove all the paper from the standard 250-sheet tray before removing the feed roll
unit.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 417
2. Holding the feed roll tabs with your fingers, pull the feed roll unit out of the groove in the axle.
Installing the Feed Roll Unit in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray
1. Align the new feed roll unit with the groove on the axle.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 418
2. Insert the feed roll unit into the axle until it snaps. The protrusions fit completely into the slots and
the roller hook reseats into the groove on the axle.
3. Load paper in the standard 250-sheet tray, and then insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the
printer and push until it stops.
Important:
Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray or the inside of the printer.
Ordering Supplies
Certain consumables and routine maintenance items need to be ordered occasionally. Each supply
includes installation instructions on the box.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 419
Consumables
Important:
❏ Use of consumables/periodical replacement parts not recommended by Epson can impair machine
quality and performance. Use only consumables/periodical replacement parts recommended by
Epson.
Product Name Product Code
TONER CARTRIDGE(YELLOW) 0627
TONER CARTRIDGE(MAGENTA) 0628
TONER CARTRIDGE(CYAN) 0629
TONER CARTRIDGE(BLACK) 0630
DOUBLE TONER CARTRIDGE
PACK(BLACK)
0631
DRUM CARTRIDGE 1211
FUSER UNIT(220-240V) 3043
FUSER UNIT(110-120V) 3044
Note:
❏ Each toner cartridge includes installation instructions on the box.
❏ A feed roll unit is included with the fuser unit.
When to Order Supplies
The LCD panel displays a warning when the supply nears its replacement time. Verify that you have
replacements on hand. It is important to order these supplies when the messages first appear to avoid
interruptions to your printing. The LCD panel displays an error message when the supply must be
replaced.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 420
Important:
This printer is designed to provide the most stable performance and print quality when used with the
consumables recommended by Epson. Not using consumables recommended for this machine degrades
the performance and printing quality of the printer. You could also incur charges if the machine breaks
down. To receive customer support and achieve the optimum performance of the printer, be sure to use
consumables recommended by Epson.
Storing Print Media
To avoid potential paper feeding problems and uneven print quality, there are several things you can
do:
❏ To achieve the best possible print quality, store print media in an environment where the
temperature is approximately 70 ˚F/21 ˚C and the relative humidity is 40%.
❏ Store cartons of print media on a pallet or shelf, rather than directly on the floor.
❏ If you store individual packages of print media out of the original carton, ensure that they rest on a
flat surface so the edges do not buckle or curl.
❏ Do not place anything on top of the print media packages.
Storing Consumables
Store consumables in their original packaging until you need to use them. Do not store consumables
in:
❏ Temperatures greater than 104 ˚F/40 ˚C.
❏ An environment with extreme changes in humidity or temperature.
❏ Direct sunlight.
❏ Dusty places.
❏ A car for a long period of time.
❏ An environment where corrosive gases are present.
❏ A humid environment.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 421
Managing the Printer
Checking or Managing the Printer with EpsonNet Config
When the printer is installed in a TCP/IP environment, you can use EpsonNet Config to check the
printer status, the remaining volume of consumables, and the paper loaded in this printer. You can
also use EpsonNet Config to configure printer settings.
Note:
When using the printer as a local printer, you cannot use EpsonNet Config. For details about checking
the status of a local printer, refer to “Checking Printer Status with Status Monitor (Windows Only)” on
page 422.
Starting EpsonNet Config
Use the following procedure to start EpsonNet Config.
1. Launch your web browser.
2. Enter the IP address in the browser’s Address field, and then press the Enter key.
The EpsonNet Config screen appears.
Using Online Help
For details about each item, refer to the Help on the Software Disc.
Checking Printer Status with Status Monitor (Windows Only)
Status Monitor is a tool that is installed with your Epson print driver. It automatically checks the
printer status when you send a print job. Status Monitor can check the paper size loaded into the tray,
the status of the document output tray, and the remaining amount of consumables, such as toner
cartridges.
Starting Status Monitor
Double-click the Status Monitor icon on the taskbar or right-click the icon and select Select
Printer.
If the Status Monitor icon is not displayed on the taskbar, open Status Monitor from the Start menu:
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 422
The following procedure uses Microsoft
®
Windows
®
XP as an example.
1. Click start — All Programs — EPSON — Status Monitor — Activate Status Monitor.
The Select Printer window appears.
2. Click the name of the desired printer from the list.
3. The Printer Status window appears.
For details about the functions of Status Monitor, refer to the online Help.
Checking Printer Status Through E-mail
When connected in a network environment where sending and receiving of e-mail is possible, the
printer can send an e-mail report to specified e-mail addresses containing the following information:
❏ The network settings and the printer status
❏ The error status which has occurred on the printer
Setting the E-mail Environment
Activate EpsonNet Config. On the Properties tab, configure the following settings according to your
e-mail environment. After configuring the settings on each screen, always click Apply and then turn
off/on the printer to reboot. For details about each item, refer to the Online Help for EpsonNet Config.
Item Item to be configured Description
Status Messenger
Recipient’s E-mail Address Set the e-mail address to which notices about changes in
printer status or errors are sent.
Notification Items Set the contents of the notices to send in the e-mail.
Port Status
StatusMessenger
Select Enabled.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 423
Item Item to be configured Description
Protocol Settings —
E-mail
Machine’s E-mail Address,
SMTP Server Address,
SMTP Server Port Number,
E-mail Send Authentication,
Login Name,
Password,
SMTP Server Connection
Status,
POP3 Server Address,
POP3 Server Port Number,
Login Name,
Password,
POP3 Server Check Interval,
APOP Settings,
POP3 Server Connection
Status
Select appropriate settings for sending and receiving
e-mail.
Permitted E-mail Address When setting the permission for checking information
and changing the settings for an e-mail address, enter the
e-mail address that is permitted to receive the e-mail. If no
address is entered here, the printer receives e-mails from
all users.
StatusMessenger Password When setting the password for access to the printer (both
read only and read/write), enter the password in the
Password field.
Checking the Printer Status with E-mail
This section describes cautions when sending e-mail to the printer to check the printer status.
❏ You can specify any title for the e-mail when checking the printer status or changing the printer
settings.
❏ Use the commands described in the next section to create the text of the e-mail.
Commands That Can Be Used in E-mail Text
Use each command according to the following rules:
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 424
❏ Prefix all commands with “#”, and specify the #Password command at the top of the e-mail.
❏ Command lines without “#” are ignored.
❏ Write one command on each line and separate each command and parameter with a space or a
tab.
When the same command is written two or more times in one e-mail, the second and subsequent
commands are ignored.
Command Parameter Description
#Password Password Use this command at the top of the e-mail when a password
for read only is set. You can omit this command when the
password is not set.
#NetworkInfo — Set this when you want to check information on the network
settings list.
#Status — Set this when you want to check the printer status.
Example of Commands
❏ When the read only password is “ronly”, and to check the printer status:
#Password ronly
#Status
#NetworkInfo
Conserving Supplies
You can change several settings in your print driver to conserve toner cartridge and paper.
The following descriptions use the PCL 6 driver as an example.
Supply Setting Function
Toner cartridge
Draft Mode in the
Advanced Settings tab
This check box allows the users to select a print mode that uses
less toner. The image quality will be lower when this feature is
used.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 425
Supply Setting Function
Print media
Multiple-Up in the Layout
tab
The printer prints two or more pages on one side of a sheet.
Values for Multiple-Up are 2 Pages Up, 4 Pages Up, 8 Pages Up,
16 Pages Up, 32 Pages Up. Combined with the duplex setting,
Multiple-Up a l lo w s yo u t o p ri nt up to 64 p ag es o n o n e s hee t of
paper (32 images on the front and 32 on the back).
Checking Page Counts
The total number of printed pages can be checked at the operator panel. Three meters are available:
Total Impression, Color Impression, and Black Impression.
The Billing Meters counts the number of pages printed properly. Single side color print (including
N-up) is counted as one job, and 2-sided print (including N-up) is counted as two. During 2-sided
printing, if an error occurs after one side is printed properly, it is counted as one.
When printing color data, which has been converted by using ICC profile on an application, with the
Color (Auto) setting, the data is printed by color even if it seems to be black and white data on the
monitor. In that case, Total Impression is increased.
When doing 2-sided printing, a blank page may be inserted automatically depending on the settings of
the application. In this case, the blank page is counted as one page.
For information about the individual meter, see “Billing Meters” on page 229.
Use the following procedure to check a meter:
1. Press the System button.
2. Select Billing Meters, and then press the
button.
3. Select the desired meter to check the number of pages.
Moving the Printer
This section describes how to move the printer.
Important:
❏ Two people are required to move the printer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 426
❏ To prevent you from dropping the printer and getting backache or injuries, lift the printer by firmly
gripping the recessed areas on both sides of the printer. Never lift the printer by gripping any other
areas.
Note:
If the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit has been installed, uninstall the optional 250-sheet paper
cassette unit before moving the printer. If the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit is not fixed securely
to the printer, it may fall to the ground and cause injuries. For details on how to uninstall the optional
250-sheet paper cassette unit, see “Removing the Optional 250-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit” on
page 436.
1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cord, interface cable, and any other cables.
2. Remove any paper in the document output tray and slide the document stopper inside the ADF.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 427
3. Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the standard 250-sheet tray
with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
4. Lift the printer and move it gently.
Note:
If you move the printer over a long distance, remove the toner cartridges from the printer to prevent
toner from spilling, and pack the printer inside a box.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 428
5. Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
Important:
Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray or the inside of the printer.
6. Adjust the color registration before using your printer.
See Also:
“Adjusting Color Registration” on page 354
Removing Options
If the printer location needs to be changed or the printer and print media handling options need to be
shipped to a new location, all print media handling options must be removed from the printer. For
shipping, pack the printer and print media handling options securely to avoid damage.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 429
Removing the Additional Memory Module
1. Turn off the printer.
2. Turn the screw on the control board cover counterclockwise.
Note:
Loosen the screw. You do not need to remove the screw.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 430
3. Slide the control board cover towards the rear of the printer.
4. Open the control board cover completely.
5. Push the clips on both sides of the slot outward.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 431
6. Hold the memory module and pull it straight out.
7. Close the control board cover, and slide it towards the front of the printer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 432
8. Turn the screw clockwise.
9. Turn on the printer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 433
Removing the Optional Duplex Unit
1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cord.
2. Push the side button to open the front cover.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 434
3. Lift the lever of the optional duplex unit.
4. Hold both sides of the optional duplex unit, and then pull out the optional duplex unit.
5. Close the front cover.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 435
6. Reconnect the power cord to the power connector and turn on the printer.
Removing the Optional 250-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit
1. Turn off the printer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 436
2. Disconnect the power cord from the power connector on the rear of the printer.
3. Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the standard 250-sheet tray
with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 437
4. Remove the two screws joining the printer and the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit by
unscrewing them with a coin or similar object.
5. Gently lift the printer off the optional 250-sheet paper cassette unit, and place it on a level surface.
c
Caution:
Two people are required to lift the printer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 438
6. Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
7. Reconnect all cables into the rear of the printer and turn on the printer.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Maintenance 439
Appendix A
Where To Get Help
Contacting Epson Support
Before Contacting Epson
If your Epson product is not operating properly and you cannot solve the problem using the
troubleshooting information in your product documentation, contact Epson support services for
assistance. If Epson support for your area is not listed below, contact the dealer where you purchased
your product.
Epson support will be able to help you much more quickly if you give them the following information:
❏ Product serial number
(The serial number label is usually on the back of the product.)
❏ Product model
❏ Product software version
(Click About, Version Info, or similar button in the product software.)
❏ Brand and model of your computer
❏ Your computer operating system name and version
❏ Names and versions of the software applications you normally use with your product
Help for Users in Europe
Check your Pan-European Warranty Document for information on how to contact Epson support.
Help for Users in Taiwan
Contacts for information, support, and services are:
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Where To Get Help 440
World Wide Web (http://www.epson.com.tw)
Information on product specifications, drivers for download, and products enquiry are available.
Epson HelpDesk (Phone: +0800212873)
Our HelpDesk team can help you with the following over the phone:
❏ Sales enquiries and product information
❏ Product usage questions or problems
❏ Enquiries on repair service and warranty
Repair service center:
Telephone number Fax number Address
02-23416969 02-23417070 No.20, Beiping E. Rd., Zhongzheng Dist., Taipei City 100,
Taiwan
02-27491234 02-27495955 1F., No.16, Sec. 5, Nanjing E. Rd., Songshan Dist., Taipei City
105, Taiwan
02-32340688 02-32345299 No.1, Ln. 359, Sec. 2, Zhongshan Rd., Zhonghe City, Taipei
County 235, Taiwan
039-605007 039-600969 No.342-1, Guangrong Rd., Luodong Township, Yilan County
265, Taiwan
038-312966 038-312977 No.87, Guolian 2nd Rd., Hualien City, Hualien County 970,
Taiwan
02-82273300 02-82278866 5F.-1, No.700, Zhongzheng Rd., Zhonghe City, Taipei County
235, Taiwan
03-2810606 03-2810707 No.413, Huannan Rd., Pingzhen City, Taoyuan County 324,
Taiwan
03-5325077 03-5320092 1F., No.9, Ln. 379, Sec. 1, Jingguo Rd., North Dist., Hsinchu City
300, Taiwan
04-23291388 04-23291338 3F., No.510, Yingcai Rd., West Dist., Taichung City 403, Taiwan
04-23805000 04-23806000 No.530, Sec. 4, Henan Rd., Nantun Dist., Taichung City 408,
Taiwan
05-2784222 05-2784555 No.463, Zhongxiao Rd., East Dist., Chiayi City 600, Taiwan
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Where To Get Help 441
Telephone number Fax number Address
06-2221666 06-2112555 No.141, Gongyuan N. Rd., North Dist., Tainan City 704,
Taiwan
07-5520918 07-5540926 1F., No.337, Minghua Rd., Gushan Dist., Kaohsiung City 804,
Taiwan
07-3222445 07-3218085 No.51, Shandong St., Sanmin Dist., Kaohsiung City 807,
Taiwan
08-7344771 08-7344802 1F., No.113, Shengli Rd., Pingtung City, Pingtung County 900,
Taiwan
Help for Users in Singapore
Sources of information, support, and services available from Epson Singapore are:
World Wide Web (http://www.epson.com.sg)
Information on product specifications, drivers for download, Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ),
Sales Enquiries, and Technical Support via e-mail are available.
Epson HelpDesk (Phone: (65) 6586 3111)
Our HelpDesk team can help you with the following over the phone:
❏ Sales enquiries and product information
❏ Product usage questions or problems
❏ Enquiries on repair service and warranty
Help for Users in Thailand
Contacts for information, support, and services are:
World Wide Web (http://www.epson.co.th)
Information on product specifications, drivers for download, Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ),
and e-mail are available.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Where To Get Help 442
Epson Hotline (Phone: (66)2685-9899)
Our Hotline team can help you with the following over the phone:
❏ Sales enquiries and product information
❏ Product usage questions or problems
❏ Enquiries on repair service and warranty
Help for Users in Vietnam
Contacts for information, support, and services are:
Epson Hotline (Phone): 84-8-823-9239
Service Center: 80 Truong Dinh Street, District 1, Hochiminh City
Vietnam
Help for Users in Indonesia
Contacts for information, support, and services are:
World Wide Web (http://www.epson.co.id)
❏ Information on product specifications, drivers for download
❏ Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), Sales Enquiries, questions through e-mail
Epson Hotline
❏ Sales enquiries and product information
❏ Technical support
Phone (62) 21-572 4350
Fax (62) 21-572 4357
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Where To Get Help 443
Epson Service Center
Jakarta Mangga Dua Mall 3rd floor No 3A/B
Jl. Arteri Mangga Dua,
Jakarta
Phone/Fax: (62) 21-62301104
Bandung Lippo Center 8th floor
Jl. Gatot Subroto No.2
Bandung
Phone/Fax: (62) 22-7303766
Surabaya Hitech Mall lt IIB No. 12
Jl. Kusuma Bangsa 116 – 118
Surabaya
Phone: (62) 31-5355035
Fax: (62)31-5477837
Yogyakarta Hotel Natour Garuda
Jl. Malioboro No. 60
Yogyakarta
Phone: (62) 274-565478
Medan Wisma HSBC 4th floor
Jl. Diponegoro No. 11
Medan
Phone/Fax: (62) 61-4516173
Makassar MTC Karebosi Lt. Ill Kav. P7-8
JI. Ahmad Yani No.49
Makassar
Phone: (62)411-350147/411-350148
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Where To Get Help 444
Help for Users in Hong Kong
To obtain technical support as well as other after-sales services, users are welcome to contact Epson
Hong Kong Limited.
Internet Home Page
Epson Hong Kong has established a local home page in both Chinese and English on the Internet to
provide users with the following information:
❏ Product information
❏ Answers to Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)
❏ Latest versions of Epson product drivers
Users can access our World Wide Web home page at:
http://www.epson.com.hk
Technical Support Hotline
You can also contact our technical staff at the following telephone and fax numbers:
Phone: (852) 2827-8911
Fax: (852) 2827-4383
Help for Users in Malaysia
Contacts for information, support, and services are:
World Wide Web (http://www.epson.com.my)
❏ Information on product specifications, drivers for download
❏ Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), Sales Enquiries, questions through e-mail
Epson Trading (M) Sdn. Bhd.
Head Office.
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Where To Get Help 445
Phone: 603-56288288
Fax: 603-56288388/399
Epson Helpdesk
❏ Sales enquiries and product information (Infoline)
Phone: 603-56288222
❏ Enquiries on repair services & warranty, product usage and technical support (Techline)
Phone: 603-56288333
Help for Users in India
Contacts for information, support, and services are:
World Wide Web (http://www.epson.co.in)
Information on product specifications, drivers for download, and products enquiry are available.
Epson India Head Office - Bangalore
Phone: 080-30515000
Fax: 30515005
Epson India Regional Offices:
Location Telephone number Fax number
Mumbai 022-28261515 /16/17 022-28257287
Delhi 011-30615000 011-30615005
Chennai 044-30277500 044-30277575
Kolkata 033-22831589 / 90 033-22831591
Hyderabad 040-66331738/ 39 040-66328633
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Where To Get Help 446
Location Telephone number Fax number
Cochin 0484-2357950 0484-2357950
Coimbatore 0422-2380002 NA
Pune 020-30286000 /30286001/30286002 020-30286000
Ahmedabad 079-26407176 / 77 079-26407347
Helpline
For Service, Product info or to order a cartridge - 18004250011 (9AM - 9PM) - This is a Toll-free
number.
For Service (CDMA & Mobile Users) - 3900 1600 (9AM - 6PM) Prefix local STD code
Help for Users in the Philippines
To obtain technical support as well as other after sales services, users are welcome to contact the Epson
Philippines Corporation at the telephone and fax numbers and e-mail address below:
Trunk Line: (63-2) 706 2609
Fax: (63-2) 706 2665
Helpdesk Direct Line: (63-2) 706 2625
E-mail:
epchelpdesk@epc.epson.com.ph
World Wide Web (http://www.epson.com.ph)
Information on product specifications, drivers for download, Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ),
and E-mail Enquiries are available.
Toll-Free No. 1800-1069-EPSON(37766)
Our Hotline team can help you with the following over the phone:
❏ Sales enquiries and product information
❏ Product usage questions or problems
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Where To Get Help 447
❏ Enquiries on repair service and warranty
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Where To Get Help 448
Index
2
2 Sided Print.......................................................................109
2 Sided, Flip on Short Edge..............................................110
2-Sided.....................................................145, 232 , 281 , 292
2-Sided Print..............................................................223, 248
A
Address Book button..........................................................30
Address Book Editor...................................................54, 176
ADF Cover.....................................................................27, 28
ADF Glass....................................................................28, 387
Adjust Altitude..................................................................270
Adjust BTR.........................................................................264
Adjust ColorRegi...............................................................266
Adjust Fuser.......................................................................265
Adjust PaperType..............................................................263
Adjusting Color Registration...........................................354
Adjusting Scanning Options............................................183
Adjusting the Default Scan Settings................................183
Adjusting the Language....................................................122
Admin Menu......................................................................229
Adobe Protocol..........................................................243, 253
Alert Tone..........................................................................256
Ans Select...................................................................221, 243
Ans/FAX Mode..................................................................221
applicable lines.....................................................................25
Assigning an IP Address.....................................................62
Audio Tones.......................................................................256
Auditron.............................................................................118
Auditron Mode..................................................................261
Auto Ans. Ans/FAX..................................................221, 244
Auto Ans. TEL/FAX.................................................221, 244
Auto Answer Fax.......................................................221, 244
Auto Expo. Level.......................................................279, 286
Auto Exposure..................................................142, 279 , 286
Auto Job History...............................................................258
Auto Regi Adjust...............................................................266
Auto Reset..........................................................................254
Automatic Dialing.............................................................211
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF).......................28, 306
Automatic Duplex Printing.............................................108
Automatic Redialing.........................................................201
Automatically Setting the IP Address...............................61
Available Fax Settings Options........................................220
Avoiding jam......................................................................304
B
B&W/Color LED.................................................................31
Back button..........................................................................30
Banner Sheet......................................................................260
Basic Printer Problems.....................................................333
Belt Unit................................................................................26
Billing Meters.....................................................................229
billing meters
total printed pages.........................................................426
black-and-white
selecting for scanning....................................................184
Bonjour (mDNS)...............................................................241
Booklet Print......................................................................109
BOOTP...............................................................................240
C
Canceling a print job.........................................................102
Canceling print job
From Operator panel.....................................................102
From your computer.....................................................103
Changing Numbers or Names.........................................303
Changing the Clock Mode...............................................194
Changing the Fax Settings Options................................220
Changing the Scan Settings for an Individual Job........186
Checking Page Counts......................................................426
checking printed pages
how to check the meter.................................................426
Checking Status of Print Data.........................................120
Clean Developer................................................................267
Cleaning Inside the Printer..............................................388
Cleaning the ADF Feed Roller.........................................387
Cleaning the CTD Sensor.................................................394
Cleaning the Scanner........................................................385
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Index 449
Clear All button...................................................................29
Clear button.........................................................................30
Clear Storage......................................................................269
Clearing jam.......................................................................304
Clearing Paper Jam
From ADF.......................................................................306
From Fuser Unit............................................................319
From Optional 250-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit.........324
From Optional Duplex Unit.........................................323
From SSF.........................................................................310
From Standard 250-sheet Tray....................................315
Clock Settings....................................................................255
coding method.....................................................................24
Collated......................................................................135, 276
Color.........................................................130, 273 , 283 , 290
color
adjusting for thin paper originals................................186
selecting for scanning....................................................184
Color Balance.............................................................143, 280
Color Button Set................................................................283
color capability.....................................................................19
Color Mode button.............................................................31
Color registration chart....................................................355
Color Saturation........................................................142, 279
Company Name........................................................222, 247
Configuring Fax Initial Settings......................................191
Confirming Transmissions..............................................200
Connecting local printer.....................................................58
Connecting printer..............................................................56
Connecting the Telephone Line......................................190
Connection specification....................................................56
Connection type..................................................................56
connectivity....................................................................22, 23
Conserving supplies..........................................................425
consumables.......................................................................420
Contacting Epson..............................................................440
Contacting service.............................................................383
continuous copy..................................................................20
continuous copy speed.......................................................20
continuous print speed.......................................................21
Contrast..............................................................................285
Control Board Cover...........................................................27
Copy button.........................................................................29
Copy Defaults....................................................................273
Copy Problem....................................................................353
Copy Quality Problems....................................................354
Copying...............................................................................126
Counter of the Fuser Unit................................................416
CTD Sensor........................................................................394
D
Data LED..............................................................................30
Def. PrintPaperSize...........................................................258
Defaults Settings................................................................273
Delayed Start......................................................................289
Determining Values..........................................................355
DHCP..................................................................................240
DHCP / Autonet................................................................240
Dialing Type..............................................................222, 245
dimensions...........................................................................20
Direct Fax...........................................................................202
Direct Print Using the USB Storage Device...................106
Disabling the Panel Lock..................................................299
Discard Size................................................................223, 249
Display Problems...............................................................334
Document Feeder Tray.................................................26, 28
Document Glass..........................................................28, 387
Document Guides...............................................................28
Document Output Tray......................................................26
Document Size..........................................25, 138 , 277 , 284
Document Stopper..............................................................28
Document Type.........................................................139, 278
Draft Mode.........................................................................236
DRPD Mode.......................................................................221
DRPD Pattern............................................................222, 247
Drum Cartridge...................................................................26
Drum Cartridge Refresh...................................................268
Dual Stack...........................................................................239
Duplex Printing.................................................................108
Dynamic Methods of Setting the IP Address..................61
E
ECM............................................................................223, 250
Editing Group Dial............................................................214
e-mail
commands for................................................................424
Email Address Book..........................................................228
Email From Field...............................................................262
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Index 450
Enabling the Panel Lock...................................................298
Energy Saver button..............................................29, 50 , 51
Entering Values.................................................................357
Envelope.....................................................................264, 265
EpsonNet Config.........................................................52, 172
managing printer...........................................................422
online help for................................................................422
starting.............................................................................422
Error History......................................................................228
Error LED.............................................................................30
Ethernet..............................................................................238
Ethernet Port..................................................................27, 57
Express Scan Manager........................................................54
Extel Hook Thresh....................................................223, 250
F
F/W Version.......................................................................263
Fast Scan.............................................................................356
Fault Time-out...................................................................254
fax
limiting access to............................................................300
Fax Activity.......................................................223, 229 , 251
Fax Address Book..............................................................228
Fax Broadcast.............................................................224, 251
Fax button.............................................................................30
Fax Cover Page..........................................................222, 247
Fax Defaults........................................................................288
FAX Mode..........................................................................221
Fax Pending........................................................................229
Fax Problems......................................................................358
Fax Protocol...............................................................224, 252
Fax Settings........................................................................243
Fax Transmit..............................................................224, 251
Faxing..................................................................................190
File Format.........................................................................283
Font.....................................................................................233
Font Pitch...........................................................................235
Font Size.............................................................................234
fonts.......................................................................................22
Form Line...........................................................................235
Front Cover..................................................................26, 306
Front USB Port....................................................................26
Fuser Unit.....................................................................26, 306
Fwd. Settings Num....................................................223, 249
G
Gateway Address...............................................................240
Get IP Address...................................................................240
getting help.........................................................................383
Status Monitor Alerts....................................................383
Group Dial..........................................................................230
Group Dialing....................................................................213
H
halftone/printable colors....................................................19
HDD......................................................................................19
Heavy Card................................................................264, 265
Help
Epson...............................................................................440
Hex Dump..........................................................................236
how to check the meter.....................................................426
How to install option..........................................................33
How to remove option......................................................429
How to replace feed roll unit...........................................416
HW Gloss Card..................................................................265
I
IEEE 802.1x........................................................................242
Image Compression..........................................................287
Image Enhance..................................................................235
images
setting color mode.........................................................184
Init Print Meter..................................................................269
Initialize NVM...........................................................242, 268
Inserting a Pause................................................................198
Installing a Toner Cartridge............................................401
Installing Optional Accessories.........................................33
Installing Print Driver
print driver (Linux).........................................................75
print driver (Macintosh).................................................75
print driver (Windows)...................................................65
Installing the Additional Memory Module......................34
Installing the Drum Cartridge.........................................407
Installing the Feed Roll Unit............................................418
Installing the Fuser Unit...................................................414
Installing the Optional 250-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit
.....................................................................................44
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Index 451
Installing the Optional Duplex Unit.................................39
Installing the Scan Driver.................................................151
InternetServices.................................................................241
Interval Timer............................................................222, 245
IP Address..........................................................................240
IP Filter...............................................................................241
IP Mode..............................................................................239
IPP.......................................................................................241
IPv4.............................................................................239, 240
IPv6......................................................................................239
J
Jam Problems.....................................................................329
Job History.........................................................................228
Job Status button.................................................................29
Job Time-out......................................................................255
Junk Fax Filter...........................................................222, 246
K
Kensington lock...................................................................31
Keypad Letters and Numbers..........................................302
L
Labels..........................................................................264, 265
Landscape...........................................................................232
Lattice pattern....................................................................357
Layout.................................................................................292
LCD.......................................................................................28
LCD Panel............................................................................30
messages..........................................................................383
Letterhead 2-Sided Mode.................................................261
Light Card..................................................................264, 265
Lighten/Darken.............................140, 197 , 278 , 285 , 289
Line Monitor..............................................................221, 244
Line Termination..............................................................236
Line Type....................................................................221, 245
LineTermination...............................................................236
Liquid crystal display..........................................................28
Loading Envelope in the SSF.............................................98
Loading Envelope in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray........94
Loading Letterhead in the Optional 250-Sheet Paper
Cassette Unit.............................................................96
Loading Letterhead in the SSF.........................................100
Loading Letterhead in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray......96
Loading print media............................................................91
Optional 250-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit......................92
SSF......................................................................................97
Standard 250-Sheet Tray.................................................92
Login Error.........................................................................272
LowToner Alert Msg.........................................................262
LPD......................................................................................240
LW Gloss Card..........................................................264, 265
M
M.F. Paper Size..................................................................132
M.F. Paper Type................................................................133
machine weight....................................................................21
main components................................................................26
Maintenance..............................................................263, 385
Maintenance Mode...........................................................263
managing
printer..............................................................................422
Manual Feed Paper Size...........................................274, 290
Manual Feed Paper Type.........................................275, 291
Margin Left/Right............................................148, 282 , 287
Margin Middle.................................................149, 282 , 287
Margin Top/Bottom........................................147, 281 , 286
Max Email Size..................................................................288
memory.................................................................................19
Memory Module..................................................................34
Message...............................................................................366
messages
LCD panel.......................................................................383
Status Monitor................................................................383
meters
total page counts............................................................426
mm / inch...........................................................................258
Modem Speed............................................................223, 250
Mottle..................................................................................344
moving
printer..............................................................................426
Multiple-Up.......................................................................426
N
network basics......................................................................56
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Index 452
Network Connection..........................................................59
Network connection setup.................................................68
Network TWAIN..............................................................241
No Account User Print.....................................................261
Non-Genuine.....................................................................269
Non-Genuine Mode..........................................................384
Number of Copies.............................................................130
number of fax lines..............................................................25
Number of Redial......................................................222, 246
Numeric keypad..................................................................29
N-Up...........................................................................145, 281
O
OK button.............................................................................30
One Touch Dial button......................................................28
operating system............................................................22, 25
Operator Panel...............................................................26, 28
Optional 250-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit..................26, 306
Optional Duplex Unit.................................................26, 306
Ordering supplies..............................................................419
Orientation.........................................................................232
original paper size.........................................................19, 22
original size
setting for scanning.......................................................185
originals
printed on thin paper....................................................186
Other Problems.................................................................365
Output Color.............................................................237, 238
output paper size.................................................................19
output paper weight............................................................19
Output Size.........................................................................230
Output Tray..........................................................................26
output tray capacity.............................................................20
P
Panel....................................................................................240
Panel Language..................................................................298
Panel Lock..................................................................270, 298
Panel Settings.....................................................................227
Panel Settings Page..............................................................50
paper
thin originals...................................................................186
Paper jam location.............................................................305
Paper Select Mode.............................................................238
Paper Supply.....................................................131, 273 , 290
Paper Tray..........................................................................230
paper tray capacity..............................................................20
Parts name............................................................................26
PCL Fonts List...................................................................227
PCL Macro List..................................................................227
PCL Settings.......................................................................230
PDF Password....................................................................292
PDL........................................................................................21
Peer-to-Peer.........................................................................71
Phone Book........................................................................229
Phone Connector.................................................27, 57 , 191
Plain............................................................................264, 265
Polling Receive...................................................................210
Port Status..........................................................................252
Port9100..............................................................................241
Portrait................................................................................232
PostScript Settings.............................................................237
Power Connector.................................................................27
power consumption............................................................20
Power On Wizard..............................................................263
Power Saver Timer....................................................253, 301
Power Saver Wake Up......................................................254
power supply........................................................................20
Power Switch........................................................................26
Prefix Dial.........................................................223, 224 , 249
Prefix Dial Num........................................................223, 249
Preparing Printer Hardware..............................................32
Print button..........................................................................30
print deriver (Macintosh)
Installing print driver......................................................75
print driver (Linux)
Installing print driver......................................................75
print driver (Windows)
Installing print driver......................................................65
print driver pre-install status.............................................65
print from USB
limiting access to............................................................300
Print from USB Defaults..................................................290
Print ID...............................................................................259
Print Media
Optional 250-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit......................91
Single Sheet Feeder (SSF)................................................89
Standard 250-Sheet Tray.................................................90
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Index 453
Print media.........................................................................426
print media
dimentions........................................................................88
Print Quality Problems.....................................................336
print resolution....................................................................21
Print Text............................................................................259
printer
managing.........................................................................422
moving.............................................................................426
Printer Meter......................................................................228
Printer Settings..........................................................121, 227
Printer software...................................................................52
printer status
checking via e-mail........................................................424
checking with Status Monitor......................................422
Status Messenger............................................................423
Printing...............................................................................102
Printing a Fax Address Book List....................................215
Printing a Report Page.............................................120, 225
printing basics......................................................................86
Printing Custom Size Paper.............................................115
Printing on Custom Size Paper
with Mac OS X driver....................................................117
with Windows print driver...........................................117
Printing Problems.............................................................334
printing resolution..............................................................19
Problems
contacting Epson...........................................................440
solving.............................................................................440
Problems With Installed Optional Accessories.............364
Product Features..................................................................15
Protocol........................................................................21, 240
Protocol Monitor...............................................................228
PS Error Report.................................................................237
PS Fonts List.......................................................................228
PS Job Time-out................................................................237
Q
Quantity..............................................................................235
R
RAM Disk...........................................................................260
RARP...................................................................................240
Receiving a Fax..................................................................208
Answering Machine......................................................217
Computer Modem.........................................................218
Secure Receiving Mode.................................................216
Receiving a Fax Automatically
Ans/FAX Mode..............................................................209
FAX Mode.......................................................................208
TEL/FAX Mode..............................................................209
Receiving a Fax Manually
External Telephone........................................................209
TEL Mode.......................................................................209
Receiving Faxes
DRPD Mode...................................................................210
Memory...........................................................................210
Receiving Modes................................................................208
recording paper size............................................................24
Redial Interval...........................................................222, 246
Redial/Pause button............................................................29
Reduce/Enlarge.........................................................136, 276
reduction/enlargement.......................................................19
Region.........................................................................223, 251
Remote Rcv Tone......................................................222, 246
Remote Receive.........................................................222, 246
Removing options.............................................................429
Removing Paper Jam........................................................304
From ADF.......................................................................306
From Fuser Unit............................................................319
From Optional 250-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit.........324
From Optional Duplex Unit.........................................323
From SSF.........................................................................310
From Standard 250-sheet Tray....................................315
Removing the additional memory module....................430
Removing the Drum Cartridge.......................................404
Removing the Feed Roll Unit..........................................417
Removing the Fuser Unit.................................................412
Removing the optional 250-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit
...................................................................................436
Removing the optional Duplex Unit..............................434
Removing the Toner Cartridges......................................400
Replacing the Feed Roll Unit...........................................416
Report/List..........................................................................227
Reset Fuser.........................................................................269
Resetting to Factory Defaults...........................................301
Resolution.........................................................196, 284 , 288
resolution
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Index 454
setting for scanning.......................................................185
Ring Tone Volume....................................................221, 245
Ringer Volume...................................................................219
S
Sample Print.......................................................................104
Scan button...........................................................................29
Scan Defaults......................................................................282
Scan Driver/Printer Utility Problems.............................364
Scan to e-mail.......................................................................23
Scan to Network................................................................282
Scan to PC.............................................................................23
Scanner Connection Tool................................................187
IP Address Settings........................................................187
Password Settings..........................................................189
Search Criteria Dialog Box...........................................188
Scanning.............................................................................151
scanning
black-and-white images................................................184
color images....................................................................184
limiting access to............................................................300
scan resolution...............................................................185
setting color mode.........................................................184
setting image file type....................................................183
specifying original size..................................................185
suppress background color...........................................186
Scanning From the Operator Panel................................153
scanning halftone................................................................23
Scanning Problems............................................................361
scanning resolution.......................................................23, 24
scanning speed.....................................................................23
Scanning to a Computer...................................................153
Scanning to a USB Storage Device..................................179
Scanning Using the TWAIN Driver...............................154
Scanning Using the WIA Driver.....................................156
Secure Print........................................................................104
Secure Receive....................................................................272
Secure Settings...................................................................270
Securing the Printer............................................................31
Security Slot...................................................................27, 31
Selecting Options (Macintosh)........................................113
Selecting Options (Windows)..........................................111
Selecting Printing Options...............................................110
Selecting Printing Preferences (Windows)....................110
send document size.............................................................24
Send Header...............................................................222, 247
Sending a Delayed Fax......................................................201
Sending a Fax.....................................................................194
Group Dialing................................................................215
Speed Dial.......................................................................212
Sending a Fax Automatically...........................................198
Sending a Fax from the Driver (Direct Fax)..................202
Sending a Fax Manually...................................................199
Sending an E-mail With the Scanned File.....................182
Sending an E-Mail With the Scanned Image................180
Sending print job...............................................................102
Sending the Scanned File to the Network......................178
Sent Fax Fwd..............................................................223, 249
Server Address...................................................................228
Server Address Book.........................................................262
Server Phone Book............................................................263
Service.................................................................................440
Service Lock........................................................................271
Setting an E-Mail Address Book.....................................180
Setting Copy Options........................................................130
Setting Group Dial............................................................213
Setting Initial Settings.........................................................49
Setting Paper Sizes.............................................................101
Setting Paper Types...........................................................101
Setting the IP Address.........................................................60
Setting the Printer ID........................................................192
Setting the Time and Date................................................193
Setting Your Region..........................................................191
Shared printing....................................................................69
Sharpness..........................................................141, 278 , 285
Side Button...........................................................................26
Side Cover.............................................................................26
Single Sheet Feeder (SSF)...........................................26, 306
Slow Scan............................................................................356
SMB TCP/IP.......................................................................241
SNMP..................................................................................241
space requirement...............................................................21
Speaker Volume.................................................................219
Specification.........................................................................19
Specifying the Fax Settings...............................................220
Speed Dial...........................................................................230
Speed Dial button................................................................29
Speed Dialing.....................................................................211
Standard 250-Sheet Tray............................................26, 306
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Index 455
Start button...........................................................................30
Status Messenger...............................................................423
checking printer status..................................................423
commands.......................................................................424
configuring.....................................................................423
Status Monitor.....................................................................53
alerts.................................................................................383
StatusMessenger................................................................241
Stop button...........................................................................30
Stored Documents.............................................................229
Stored Print........................................................................104
Storing a Number for Speed Dialing..............................211
Storing consumables.........................................................421
Storing print media...........................................................421
Straightest lines..................................................................356
Subnet Mask.......................................................................240
Substitute Tray...................................................................261
Supplies
when to order.................................................................420
Supported Print Media.......................................................88
Symbol Set..........................................................................234
System button......................................................................29
System Settings..........................................................227, 253
T
TCP/IP................................................................................239
TCP/IP and IP Addresses...................................................60
TEL Mode...........................................................................221
TEL/FAX Mode.................................................................221
TIFF File Format...............................................................287
Toner Cartridge...................................................................26
Toner Refresh....................................................................267
transmission mode..............................................................24
transmission resolution......................................................25
transmission speed..............................................................25
transmission time................................................................24
Tray 1..................................................................................293
Tray 2..................................................................................296
Tray Settings......................................................................293
Troubleshooting................................................................304
TWAIN...............................................................................154
U
Update Addr Book............................................................241
Usable Print Media..............................................................88
USB Connection Setup.......................................................67
USB port.........................................................................27, 57
USB Settings.......................................................................252
USB Storage Device...........................................................106
Using a Scanner on the Network....................................158
Using the Numeric Keypad..............................................302
Using the Single Sheet Feeder..........................................100
V
Verifying IP settings............................................................64
W
Wall Jack Connector...........................................................27
Wall jack connector....................................................57, 190
Web Services on Devices..................................................122
When to Order Supplies...................................................420
White Document Cover...................................................387
White Sheet........................................................................386
Width Guides.......................................................................26
width guides.........................................................................94
Windows Image Acquisition (WIA)..............................156
Wired Network..................................................................238
WSD............................................................................122, 241
Y
Your Fax Number.....................................................222, 247
Epson AcuLaser CX29 Series User’s Guide
Index 456
… 4 …

Hulp nodig? Stel uw vraag in het forum

Spelregels

Misbruik melden

Gebruikershandleiding.com neemt misbruik van zijn services uitermate serieus. U kunt hieronder aangeven waarom deze vraag ongepast is. Wij controleren de vraag en zonodig wordt deze verwijderd.

Product:

Bijvoorbeeld antisemitische inhoud, racistische inhoud, of materiaal dat gewelddadige fysieke handelingen tot gevolg kan hebben.

Bijvoorbeeld een creditcardnummer, een persoonlijk identificatienummer, of een geheim adres. E-mailadressen en volledige namen worden niet als privégegevens beschouwd.

Spelregels forum

Om tot zinvolle vragen te komen hanteren wij de volgende spelregels:

Belangrijk! Als er een antwoord wordt gegeven op uw vraag, dan is het voor de gever van het antwoord nuttig om te weten als u er wel (of niet) mee geholpen bent! Wij vragen u dus ook te reageren op een antwoord.

Belangrijk! Antwoorden worden ook per e-mail naar abonnees gestuurd. Laat uw emailadres achter op deze site, zodat u op de hoogte blijft. U krijgt dan ook andere vragen en antwoorden te zien.

Abonneren

Abonneer u voor het ontvangen van emails voor uw Epson AcuLaser CX29 bij:


U ontvangt een email met instructies om u voor één of beide opties in te schrijven.


Ontvang uw handleiding per email

Vul uw emailadres in en ontvang de handleiding van Epson AcuLaser CX29 in de taal/talen: Engels als bijlage per email.

De handleiding is 21,15 mb groot.

 

U ontvangt de handleiding per email binnen enkele minuten. Als u geen email heeft ontvangen, dan heeft u waarschijnlijk een verkeerd emailadres ingevuld of is uw mailbox te vol. Daarnaast kan het zijn dat uw internetprovider een maximum heeft aan de grootte per email. Omdat hier een handleiding wordt meegestuurd, kan het voorkomen dat de email groter is dan toegestaan bij uw provider.

Stel vragen via chat aan uw handleiding

Stel uw vraag over deze PDF

Andere handleiding(en) van Epson AcuLaser CX29

Epson AcuLaser CX29 Gebruiksaanwijzing - Nederlands - 482 pagina's

Epson AcuLaser CX29 Gebruiksaanwijzing - Deutsch - 492 pagina's


Uw handleiding is per email verstuurd. Controleer uw email

Als u niet binnen een kwartier uw email met handleiding ontvangen heeft, kan het zijn dat u een verkeerd emailadres heeft ingevuld of dat uw emailprovider een maximum grootte per email heeft ingesteld die kleiner is dan de grootte van de handleiding.

Er is een email naar u verstuurd om uw inschrijving definitief te maken.

Controleer uw email en volg de aanwijzingen op om uw inschrijving definitief te maken

U heeft geen emailadres opgegeven

Als u de handleiding per email wilt ontvangen, vul dan een geldig emailadres in.

Uw vraag is op deze pagina toegevoegd

Wilt u een email ontvangen bij een antwoord en/of nieuwe vragen? Vul dan hier uw emailadres in.



Info